rename the following methods:

tqparent parent
tqmask mask


git-svn-id: svn://anonsvn.kde.org/home/kde/branches/trinity/applications/kmymoney@1246260 283d02a7-25f6-0310-bc7c-ecb5cbfe19da
v3.5.13-sru
tpearson 13 years ago
parent 7e51b6d5dd
commit 902ba103f2

@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ GncAccount::GncAccount () {
m_subElementList = subEls;
m_dataElementListCount = END_Account_DELS;
static const TQString dataEls[] = {"act:id", "act:name", "act:description",
"act:type", "act:tqparent"};
"act:type", "act:parent"};
m_dataElementList = dataEls;
static const unsigned int anonClasses[] = {ASIS, NXTACC, SUPPRESS, ASIS, ASIS};
m_anonClassList = anonClasses;
@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ bool XmlReader::endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&elN
m_co->resetDataPtr(); // so we don't get extraneous data loaded into the variables
if (elName == m_co->getElName()) { // check if this is the end of the current object
if (pMain->gncdebug) m_co->debugDump(); // dump the object data (temp)
// call the terminate routine, pop the stack, and advise the tqparent that it's done
// call the terminate routine, pop the stack, and advise the parent that it's done
m_co->terminate();
GncObject *temp = m_co;
m_os.pop();
@ -1201,8 +1201,8 @@ void MyMoneyGncReader::convertAccount (const GncAccount* gac) {
m_currencyCount[gac->commodity()->id()]++;
}
acc.setParentAccountId (gac->tqparent().utf8());
// now determine the account type and its tqparent id
acc.setParentAccountId (gac->parent().utf8());
// now determine the account type and its parent id
/* This list taken from
# Feb 2006: A RELAX NG Compact schema for gnucash "v2" XML files.
# Copyright (C) 2006 Joshua Sled <jsled@asynchronous.org>
@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ void MyMoneyGncReader::convertAccount (const GncAccount* gac) {
i18n("Current importer does not recognize GnuCash account type %1").tqarg(gac->type());
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION (em);
}
// if no tqparent account is present, assign to one of our standard accounts
// if no parent account is present, assign to one of our standard accounts
if ((acc.parentAccountId().isEmpty()) || (acc.parentAccountId() == m_rootId)) {
switch (acc.accountGroup()) {
case MyMoneyAccount::Asset: acc.setParentAccountId (m_storage->asset().id()); break;
@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ void MyMoneyGncReader::convertAccount (const GncAccount* gac) {
m_storage->addAccount(acc);
m_mapIds[gac->id().utf8()] = acc.id(); // to link gnucash id to ours for tx posting
if (gncdebug) qDebug("Gnucash account %s has id of %s, type of %s, tqparent is %s",
if (gncdebug) qDebug("Gnucash account %s has id of %s, type of %s, parent is %s",
gac->id().latin1(), acc.id().data(),
KMyMoneyUtils::accountTypeToString(acc.accountType()).latin1(), acc.parentAccountId().data());
@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ void MyMoneyGncReader::terminate () {
for (stocks = m_stockList.begin(); stocks != m_stockList.end(); ++stocks) {
checkInvestmentOption (*stocks);
}
// Next step is to walk the list and assign the tqparent/child relationship between the objects.
// Next step is to walk the list and assign the parent/child relationship between the objects.
unsigned int i = 0;
signalProgress (0, m_accountCount, i18n ("Reorganizing accounts..."));
TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount> list;
@ -1936,17 +1936,17 @@ void MyMoneyGncReader::terminate () {
} else if ((*acc).parentAccountId() == m_rootId) {
if (gncdebug) qDebug("Account id %s is a child of root", (*acc).id().data());
} else {
// it is not under one of the main accounts, so find gnucash tqparent
// it is not under one of the main accounts, so find gnucash parent
TQString parentKey = (*acc).parentAccountId();
if (gncdebug) qDebug ("acc %s, tqparent %s", (*acc).id().data(),
if (gncdebug) qDebug ("acc %s, parent %s", (*acc).id().data(),
(*acc).parentAccountId().data());
map_accountIds::Iterator id = m_mapIds.find(parentKey);
if (id != m_mapIds.end()) {
if (gncdebug) qDebug("Setting account id %s's tqparent account id to %s",
if (gncdebug) qDebug("Setting account id %s's parent account id to %s",
(*acc).id().data(), id.data().data());
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = m_storage->account(id.data());
tqparent = checkConsistency (tqparent, (*acc));
m_storage->addAccount (tqparent, (*acc));
MyMoneyAccount parent = m_storage->account(id.data());
parent = checkConsistency (parent, (*acc));
m_storage->addAccount (parent, (*acc));
} else {
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION ("terminate() could not find account id");
}
@ -2173,40 +2173,40 @@ TQDate MyMoneyGncReader::incrDate (TQDate lastDate, unsigned char interval, unsi
PASS
}
//********************************* checkConsistency **********************************
MyMoneyAccount MyMoneyGncReader::checkConsistency (MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, MyMoneyAccount& child) {
MyMoneyAccount MyMoneyGncReader::checkConsistency (MyMoneyAccount& parent, MyMoneyAccount& child) {
TRY
// gnucash is flexible/weird enough to allow various inconsistencies
// these are a couple I found in my file, no doubt more will be discovered
if ((child.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Investment) &&
(tqparent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Asset)) {
(parent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Asset)) {
postMessage ("CC", 1, child.name().latin1());
return m_storage->asset();
}
if ((child.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Income) &&
(tqparent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Income)) {
(parent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Income)) {
postMessage ("CC", 2, child.name().latin1());
return m_storage->income();
}
if ((child.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Expense) &&
(tqparent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Expense)) {
(parent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Expense)) {
postMessage ("CC", 3, child.name().latin1());
return m_storage->expense();
}
return (tqparent);
return (parent);
PASS
}
//*********************************** checkInvestmentOption *************************
void MyMoneyGncReader::checkInvestmentOption (TQString stockId) {
// implement the investment option for stock accounts
// first check whether the tqparent account (gnucash id) is actually an
// first check whether the parent account (gnucash id) is actually an
// investment account. if it is, no further action is needed
MyMoneyAccount stockAcc = m_storage->account (m_mapIds[stockId.utf8()]);
MyMoneyAccount tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount parent;
TQString parentKey = stockAcc.parentAccountId();
map_accountIds::Iterator id = m_mapIds.find (parentKey);
if (id != m_mapIds.end()) {
tqparent = m_storage->account (id.data());
if (tqparent.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Investment) return ;
parent = m_storage->account (id.data());
if (parent.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Investment) return ;
}
// so now, check the investment option requested by the user
// option 0 creates a separate investment account for each stock account
@ -2214,10 +2214,10 @@ void MyMoneyGncReader::checkInvestmentOption (TQString stockId) {
MyMoneyAccount invAcc (stockAcc);
invAcc.setAccountType (MyMoneyAccount::Investment);
invAcc.setCurrencyId (TQString("")); // we don't know what currency it is!!
invAcc.setParentAccountId (parentKey); // intersperse it between old tqparent and child stock acct
invAcc.setParentAccountId (parentKey); // intersperse it between old parent and child stock acct
m_storage->addAccount (invAcc);
m_mapIds [invAcc.id()] = invAcc.id(); // so stock account gets parented (again) to investment account later
if (gncdebug) qDebug ("Created investment account %s as id %s, tqparent %s", invAcc.name().data(), invAcc.id().data(),
if (gncdebug) qDebug ("Created investment account %s as id %s, parent %s", invAcc.name().data(), invAcc.id().data(),
invAcc.parentAccountId().data());
if (gncdebug) qDebug ("Setting stock %s, id %s, as child of %s", stockAcc.name().data(), stockAcc.id().data(), invAcc.id().data());
stockAcc.setParentAccountId (invAcc.id());
@ -2240,7 +2240,7 @@ void MyMoneyGncReader::checkInvestmentOption (TQString stockId) {
singleInvAcc.setParentAccountId (m_storage->asset().id());
m_storage->addAccount (singleInvAcc);
m_mapIds [singleInvAcc.id()] = singleInvAcc.id(); // so stock account gets parented (again) to investment account later
if (gncdebug) qDebug ("Created investment account %s as id %s, tqparent %s, reparenting stock",
if (gncdebug) qDebug ("Created investment account %s as id %s, parent %s, reparenting stock",
singleInvAcc.name().data(), singleInvAcc.id().data(), singleInvAcc.parentAccountId().data());
singleInvAccId = singleInvAcc.id();
} else { // the account has already been created
@ -2265,9 +2265,9 @@ void MyMoneyGncReader::checkInvestmentOption (TQString stockId) {
}
//if (accList.isEmpty()) qFatal ("No available accounts");
bool ok = false;
while (!ok) { // keep going till we have a valid investment tqparent
while (!ok) { // keep going till we have a valid investment parent
TQString invAccName = TQInputDialog::getItem (
PACKAGE, i18n("Select tqparent investment account or enter new name. Stock %1").tqarg(stockAcc.name ()),
PACKAGE, i18n("Select parent investment account or enter new name. Stock %1").tqarg(stockAcc.name ()),
accList, lastSelected, true, &ok);
if (ok) {
lastSelected = accList.findIndex (invAccName); // preserve selection for next time

@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ element name which started the current object. If so, the object's terminate()
function is called. If the object represents a similar KMM object, this will
normally result in a call to a conversion routine in the main
(MyMoneyGncReader) class to convert the data to native format and place it in
storage. The stack is then popped, and the tqparent (now current) object notified
storage. The stack is then popped, and the parent (now current) object notified
by a call to its endSubEl() function. Again depending on the type of object,
this will either delete the instance, or save it in its own storage for later
processing.
For example, a GncSplit object makes little sense outside the context of its
transaction, so will be saved by the transaction. A GncTransaction object on the
other hand will be converted, along with its attendant splits, and then deleted
by its tqparent.
by its parent.
Since at any one time an object will only be processing either a subobject or a
data element, a single object variable, m_state, is used to determine the actual
@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ protected:
TQString name () const { return (var(NAME));};
TQString desc () const { return (var(DESC));};
TQString type () const { return (var(TYPE));};
TQString tqparent () const { return (var(PARENT));};
TQString parent () const { return (var(PARENT));};
private:
// subsidiary objects/elements
enum AccountSubEls {CMDTY, KVP, LOTS, END_Account_SELS };
@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ private:
TQString createPayee (const TQString&); // create a payee and return it's id
TQString createOrphanAccount (const TQString&); // create unknown account and return the id
TQDate incrDate (TQDate lastDate, unsigned char interval, unsigned int intervalCount); // for date calculations
MyMoneyAccount checkConsistency (MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, MyMoneyAccount& child); // gnucash is sometimes TOO flexible
MyMoneyAccount checkConsistency (MyMoneyAccount& parent, MyMoneyAccount& child); // gnucash is sometimes TOO flexible
void checkInvestmentOption (TQString stockId); // implement user investment option
void getPriceSource (MyMoneySecurity stock, TQString gncSource);
#endif // _GNCFILEANON

@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ TQString MyMoneyQifReader::checkCategory(const TQString& name, const MyMoneyMone
if(!name.isEmpty()) {
// The category might be constructed with an arbitraty depth (number of
// colon delimited fields). We try to find a tqparent account within this
// colon delimited fields). We try to find a parent account within this
// hierarchy by searching the following sequence:
//
// aaaa:bbbb:cccc:ddddd
@ -1942,39 +1942,39 @@ TQString MyMoneyQifReader::checkCategory(const TQString& name, const MyMoneyMone
account.setName(name);
TQString accName; // part to be created (right side in above list)
TQString tqparent(name); // a possible tqparent part (left side in above list)
TQString parent(name); // a possible parent part (left side in above list)
do {
accountId = file->categoryToAccount(tqparent);
accountId = file->categoryToAccount(parent);
if(accountId.isEmpty()) {
found = false;
// prepare next step
if(!accName.isEmpty())
accName.prepend(':');
accName.prepend(tqparent.section(':', -1));
accName.prepend(parent.section(':', -1));
account.setName(accName);
tqparent = tqparent.section(':', 0, -2);
parent = parent.section(':', 0, -2);
} else if(!accName.isEmpty()) {
account.setParentAccountId(accountId);
}
}
while(!tqparent.isEmpty() && accountId.isEmpty());
while(!parent.isEmpty() && accountId.isEmpty());
// if we did not find the category, we create it
if(!found) {
MyMoneyAccount tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount parent;
if(account.parentAccountId().isEmpty()) {
if(!value.isNegative() && value2.isNegative())
tqparent = file->income();
parent = file->income();
else
tqparent = file->expense();
parent = file->expense();
} else {
tqparent = file->account(account.parentAccountId());
parent = file->account(account.parentAccountId());
}
account.setAccountType((!value.isNegative() && value2.isNegative()) ? MyMoneyAccount::Income : MyMoneyAccount::Expense);
MyMoneyAccount brokerage;
// clear out the tqparent id, because createAccount() does not like that
// clear out the parent id, because createAccount() does not like that
account.setParentAccountId(TQString());
kmymoney2->createAccount(account, tqparent, brokerage, MyMoneyMoney());
kmymoney2->createAccount(account, parent, brokerage, MyMoneyMoney());
accountId = account.id();
}
}
@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ TQString MyMoneyQifReader::processAccountEntry(bool resetAccountId)
parentAccount = acc;
qDebug("We still need to create the stock account in MyMoneyQifReader::processAccountEntry()");
} else {
// setup tqparent according the type of the account
// setup parent according the type of the account
switch(account.accountGroup()) {
case MyMoneyAccount::Asset:
default:

@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ class MyMoneyStatementReader::Private
bool m_skipCategoryMatching;
private:
void scanCategories(TQString& id, const MyMoneyAccount& invAcc, const MyMoneyAccount& parentAccount, const TQString& defaultName);
TQString nameToId(const TQString&name, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
TQString nameToId(const TQString&name, MyMoneyAccount& parent);
private:
TQString m_feeId;
TQString m_interestId;
@ -107,30 +107,30 @@ const TQString& MyMoneyStatementReader::Private::interestId(const MyMoneyAccount
return m_interestId;
}
TQString MyMoneyStatementReader::Private::nameToId(const TQString&name, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
TQString MyMoneyStatementReader::Private::nameToId(const TQString&name, MyMoneyAccount& parent)
{
MyMoneyFile* file = MyMoneyFile::instance();
MyMoneyAccount acc = file->accountByName(name);
// if it does not exist, we have to create it
if(acc.id().isEmpty()) {
acc.setName( name );
acc.setAccountType( tqparent.accountType() );
acc.setCurrencyId(tqparent.currencyId());
file->addAccount(acc, tqparent);
acc.setAccountType( parent.accountType() );
acc.setCurrencyId(parent.currencyId());
file->addAccount(acc, parent);
}
return acc.id();
}
TQString MyMoneyStatementReader::Private::interestId(const TQString& name)
{
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->income();
return nameToId(name, tqparent);
MyMoneyAccount parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->income();
return nameToId(name, parent);
}
TQString MyMoneyStatementReader::Private::feeId(const TQString& name)
{
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
return nameToId(name, tqparent);
MyMoneyAccount parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
return nameToId(name, parent);
}
@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ void MyMoneyStatementReader::Private::scanCategories(TQString& id, const MyMoney
MyMoneyAccount acc = file->accountByName(defaultName);
// if it does not exist, we have to create it
if(acc.id().isEmpty()) {
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = parentAccount;
MyMoneyAccount parent = parentAccount;
acc.setName( defaultName );
acc.setAccountType( tqparent.accountType() );
acc.setCurrencyId(tqparent.currencyId());
file->addAccount(acc, tqparent);
acc.setAccountType( parent.accountType() );
acc.setCurrencyId(parent.currencyId());
file->addAccount(acc, parent);
}
id = acc.id();
}
@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ void MyMoneyStatementReader::processTransactionEntry(const MyMoneyStatement::Tra
payee.setMatchData(MyMoneyPayee::matchName, true, TQStringList());
if (m_askPayeeCategory) {
// We use a TQGuardedPtr because the dialog may get deleted
// during exec() if the tqparent of the dialog gets deleted.
// during exec() if the parent of the dialog gets deleted.
// In that case the guarded ptr will reset to 0.
TQGuardedPtr<KDialogBase> dialog = new KDialogBase(
"Default Category for Payee",

@ -148,14 +148,14 @@ bool MyMoneyTemplate::loadDescription(void)
return validMask == validHeader;
}
bool MyMoneyTemplate::hierarchy(TQMap<TQString, TQListViewItem*>& list, const TQString& tqparent, TQDomNode account)
bool MyMoneyTemplate::hierarchy(TQMap<TQString, TQListViewItem*>& list, const TQString& parent, TQDomNode account)
{
bool rc = true;
while(rc == true && !account.isNull()) {
if(account.isElement()) {
TQDomElement accountElement = account.toElement();
if(accountElement.tagName() == "account") {
TQString name = TQString("%1:%2").tqarg(tqparent).tqarg(accountElement.attribute("name"));
TQString name = TQString("%1:%2").tqarg(parent).tqarg(accountElement.attribute("name"));
list[name] = 0;
hierarchy(list, name, account.firstChild());
}
@ -219,22 +219,22 @@ bool MyMoneyTemplate::importTemplate(void(*callback)(int, int, const TQString&))
if(childElement.tagName() == "account"
&& childElement.attribute("name") == "") {
++m_accountsRead;
MyMoneyAccount tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount parent;
switch(childElement.attribute("type").toUInt()) {
case MyMoneyAccount::Asset:
tqparent = file->asset();
parent = file->asset();
break;
case MyMoneyAccount::Liability:
tqparent = file->liability();
parent = file->liability();
break;
case MyMoneyAccount::Income:
tqparent = file->income();
parent = file->income();
break;
case MyMoneyAccount::Expense:
tqparent = file->expense();
parent = file->expense();
break;
case MyMoneyAccount::Equity:
tqparent = file->equity();
parent = file->equity();
break;
default:
@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ bool MyMoneyTemplate::importTemplate(void(*callback)(int, int, const TQString&))
}
if(rc == true) {
rc = createAccounts(tqparent, childElement.firstChild());
rc = createAccounts(parent, childElement.firstChild());
}
} else {
rc = false;
@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ bool MyMoneyTemplate::importTemplate(void(*callback)(int, int, const TQString&))
return rc;
}
bool MyMoneyTemplate::createAccounts(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, TQDomNode account)
bool MyMoneyTemplate::createAccounts(MyMoneyAccount& parent, TQDomNode account)
{
bool rc = true;
while(rc == true && !account.isNull()) {
@ -266,8 +266,8 @@ bool MyMoneyTemplate::createAccounts(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, TQDomNode account
TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount> subAccountList;
TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount>::ConstIterator it;
it = subAccountList.end();
if(!tqparent.accountList().isEmpty()) {
MyMoneyFile::instance()->accountList(subAccountList, tqparent.accountList());
if(!parent.accountList().isEmpty()) {
MyMoneyFile::instance()->accountList(subAccountList, parent.accountList());
for(it = subAccountList.begin(); it != subAccountList.end(); ++it) {
if((*it).name() == accountElement.attribute("name")) {
acc = *it;
@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ bool MyMoneyTemplate::createAccounts(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, TQDomNode account
acc.setAccountType(static_cast<MyMoneyAccount::_accountTypeE>(accountElement.attribute("type").toUInt()));
setFlags(acc, account.firstChild());
try {
MyMoneyFile::instance()->addAccount(acc, tqparent);
MyMoneyFile::instance()->addAccount(acc, parent);
} catch(MyMoneyException *e) {
delete e;
}
@ -355,10 +355,10 @@ bool MyMoneyTemplate::exportTemplate(void(*callback)(int, int, const TQString&))
return true;
}
bool MyMoneyTemplate::addAccountStructure(TQDomElement& tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& acc)
bool MyMoneyTemplate::addAccountStructure(TQDomElement& parent, const MyMoneyAccount& acc)
{
TQDomElement account = m_doc.createElement("account");
tqparent.appendChild(account);
parent.appendChild(account);
if(MyMoneyFile::instance()->isStandardAccount(acc.id()))
account.setAttribute(TQString("name"), TQString());

@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ public:
protected:
bool loadDescription(void);
bool createAccounts(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, TQDomNode account);
bool createAccounts(MyMoneyAccount& parent, TQDomNode account);
bool setFlags(MyMoneyAccount& acc, TQDomNode flags);
bool saveToLocalFile(TQFile* qfile);
bool addAccountStructure(TQDomElement& tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& acc);
bool hierarchy(TQMap<TQString, TQListViewItem*>& list, const TQString& tqparent, TQDomNode account);
bool addAccountStructure(TQDomElement& parent, const MyMoneyAccount& acc);
bool hierarchy(TQMap<TQString, TQListViewItem*>& list, const TQString& parent, TQDomNode account);
/**
* This method is used to update the progress information. It

@ -1010,8 +1010,8 @@ TQDate MyMoneyDateFormat::convertString(const TQString& _in, bool _strict, unsig
// Unit test helpers
//
convertertest::QuoteReceiver::QuoteReceiver(WebPriceQuote* q, TQObject* tqparent, const char *name) :
TQObject(tqparent,name)
convertertest::QuoteReceiver::QuoteReceiver(WebPriceQuote* q, TQObject* parent, const char *name) :
TQObject(parent,name)
{
connect(q,TQT_SIGNAL(quote(const TQString&,const TQDate&, const double&)),
this,TQT_SLOT(slotGetQuote(const TQString&,const TQDate&, const double&)));

@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ class QuoteReceiver : public TQObject
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
QuoteReceiver(WebPriceQuote* q, TQObject *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
QuoteReceiver(WebPriceQuote* q, TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
~QuoteReceiver();
public slots:
void slotGetQuote(const TQString&,const TQDate&, const double&);

@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ class InvestTransactionEditor::Private {
friend class Invest::Activity;
public:
Private(InvestTransactionEditor* tqparent) :
m_parent(tqparent),
Private(InvestTransactionEditor* parent) :
m_parent(parent),
m_activity(0)
{
m_phonyAccount = MyMoneyAccount("Phony-ID", MyMoneyAccount());

@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
#include <../kmymoney2.h>
KAccountSelectDlg::KAccountSelectDlg(const KMyMoneyUtils::categoryTypeE accountType, const TQString& purpose, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: KAccountSelectDlgDecl(tqparent, name),
KAccountSelectDlg::KAccountSelectDlg(const KMyMoneyUtils::categoryTypeE accountType, const TQString& purpose, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: KAccountSelectDlgDecl(parent, name),
m_purpose(purpose),
m_accountType(accountType),
m_aborted(false)

@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KAccountSelectDlg : public KAccountSelectDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KAccountSelectDlg(const KMyMoneyUtils::categoryTypeE type, const TQString& purpose = "General", TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KAccountSelectDlg(const KMyMoneyUtils::categoryTypeE type, const TQString& purpose = "General", TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KAccountSelectDlg();
/**

@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
#include "kbackupdlg.h"
KBackupDlg::KBackupDlg( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name/*, bool modal*/)
: kbackupdlgdecl( tqparent, name , true)
KBackupDlg::KBackupDlg( TQWidget* parent, const char* name/*, bool modal*/)
: kbackupdlgdecl( parent, name , true)
{
readConfig();

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ protected slots:
void chooseButtonClicked();
public:
KBackupDlg( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name/*, bool modal*/);
KBackupDlg( TQWidget* parent, const char* name/*, bool modal*/);
~KBackupDlg();
};

@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
#define KMM_KDCHART_PROPSET_NORMAL_DATA KDCHART_PROPSET_NORMAL_DATA
#endif
KBalanceChartDlg::KBalanceChartDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KDialog(tqparent, name)
KBalanceChartDlg::KBalanceChartDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KDialog(parent, name)
{
#ifdef HAVE_KDCHART
setCaption(i18n("Balance of %1").tqarg(account.name()));

@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class KBalanceChartDlg : public KDialog
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KBalanceChartDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KBalanceChartDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~KBalanceChartDlg();
};

@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ public:
TQMap<TQString, bool> m_deselectedAccounts;
};
KBalanceWarning::KBalanceWarning(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) :
TQObject(tqparent, name),
KBalanceWarning::KBalanceWarning(TQObject* parent, const char* name) :
TQObject(parent, name),
d(new Private)
{
KMessageBox::enableMessage(d->dontShowAgain());
@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ KBalanceWarning::~KBalanceWarning()
delete d;
}
void KBalanceWarning::slotShowMessage(TQWidget* tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQString& msg)
void KBalanceWarning::slotShowMessage(TQWidget* parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQString& msg)
{
if(d->m_deselectedAccounts.find(account.id()) == d->m_deselectedAccounts.end()) {
KMessageBox::information(tqparent, msg, TQString(), d->dontShowAgain());
KMessageBox::information(parent, msg, TQString(), d->dontShowAgain());
if(!KMessageBox::shouldBeShownContinue(d->dontShowAgain())) {
d->m_deselectedAccounts[account.id()] = true;
KMessageBox::enableMessage(d->dontShowAgain());

@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ class KBalanceWarning : public TQObject
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KBalanceWarning(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
KBalanceWarning(TQObject* parent, const char* name = 0);
virtual ~KBalanceWarning();
public slots:
void slotShowMessage(TQWidget* tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQString& msg);
void slotShowMessage(TQWidget* parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQString& msg);
private:
class Private;

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/kmymoneyaccountselector.h>
#include <kmymoney/kguiutils.h>
KCategoryReassignDlg::KCategoryReassignDlg( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KCategoryReassignDlgDecl( tqparent, name)
KCategoryReassignDlg::KCategoryReassignDlg( TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KCategoryReassignDlgDecl( parent, name)
{
buttonOk->setGuiItem(KStdGuiItem::ok());
buttonCancel->setGuiItem(KStdGuiItem::cancel());

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCategoryReassignDlg : public KCategoryReassignDlgDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
/** Default constructor */
KCategoryReassignDlg( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KCategoryReassignDlg( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
/** Destructor */
~KCategoryReassignDlg();

@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
#include "kchooseimportexportdlg.h"
KChooseImportExportDlg::KChooseImportExportDlg(int type, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: KChooseImportExportDlgDecl(tqparent,name, true)
KChooseImportExportDlg::KChooseImportExportDlg(int type, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: KChooseImportExportDlgDecl(parent,name, true)
{
TQString filename;

@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ protected slots:
void slotTypeActivated(const TQString& text);
public:
KChooseImportExportDlg(int type, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KChooseImportExportDlg(int type, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KChooseImportExportDlg();
TQString importExportType(void);
};

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/kmymoneyutils.h>
#include "kconfirmmanualenterdlg.h"
KConfirmManualEnterDlg::KConfirmManualEnterDlg(const MyMoneySchedule& schedule, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KConfirmManualEnterDlgDecl(tqparent, name)
KConfirmManualEnterDlg::KConfirmManualEnterDlg(const MyMoneySchedule& schedule, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KConfirmManualEnterDlgDecl(parent, name)
{
buttonOk->setGuiItem(KStdGuiItem::ok());
buttonCancel->setGuiItem(KStdGuiItem::cancel());

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class KConfirmManualEnterDlg : public KConfirmManualEnterDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KConfirmManualEnterDlg(const MyMoneySchedule& schedule, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KConfirmManualEnterDlg(const MyMoneySchedule& schedule, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
typedef enum {
UseOriginal = 0,

@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
#include "../kmymoneyutils.h"
/** Simple constructor */
KCsvProgressDlg::KCsvProgressDlg(int type, MyMoneyAccount *account, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: KCsvProgressDlgDecl(tqparent,name, true)
KCsvProgressDlg::KCsvProgressDlg(int type, MyMoneyAccount *account, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: KCsvProgressDlgDecl(parent,name, true)
{
m_nType = type;
if (m_nType==0)

@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ protected slots:
void slotSetProgress(int progress);
public:
KCsvProgressDlg(int type, MyMoneyAccount *account, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KCsvProgressDlg(int type, MyMoneyAccount *account, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KCsvProgressDlg();
};

@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ bool KCurrencyCalculator::setupSplitPrice(MyMoneyMoney& shares, const MyMoneyTra
return rc;
}
KCurrencyCalculator::KCurrencyCalculator(const MyMoneySecurity& from, const MyMoneySecurity& to, const MyMoneyMoney& value, const MyMoneyMoney& shares, const TQDate& date, const signed64 resultFraction, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KCurrencyCalculatorDecl(tqparent, name),
KCurrencyCalculator::KCurrencyCalculator(const MyMoneySecurity& from, const MyMoneySecurity& to, const MyMoneyMoney& value, const MyMoneyMoney& shares, const TQDate& date, const signed64 resultFraction, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KCurrencyCalculatorDecl(parent, name),
m_fromCurrency(from),
m_toCurrency(to),
m_result(shares.abs()),

@ -54,12 +54,12 @@ public:
* @param shares the number of foreign currency units
* @param date the date when the conversion took place
* @param resultFraction the smallest fraction of the result (default 100)
* @param tqparent see TQWidget constructor
* @param parent see TQWidget constructor
* @param name see TQWidget constructor
*
* @note @p value must not be 0!
*/
KCurrencyCalculator(const MyMoneySecurity& from, const MyMoneySecurity& to, const MyMoneyMoney& value, const MyMoneyMoney& shares, const TQDate& date, const signed64 resultFraction = 100, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KCurrencyCalculator(const MyMoneySecurity& from, const MyMoneySecurity& to, const MyMoneyMoney& value, const MyMoneyMoney& shares, const TQDate& date, const signed64 resultFraction = 100, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KCurrencyCalculator();
const MyMoneyMoney price(void) const;

@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
#include "../widgets/kmymoneypriceview.h"
KCurrencyEditDlg::KCurrencyEditDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KCurrencyEditDlgDecl(tqparent,name)
KCurrencyEditDlg::KCurrencyEditDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KCurrencyEditDlgDecl(parent,name)
{
m_currencyList->addColumn(i18n("Currency"));
m_currencyList->header()->hide();

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class KCurrencyEditDlg : public KCurrencyEditDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KCurrencyEditDlg(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KCurrencyEditDlg(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KCurrencyEditDlg();
public slots:

@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
#include "kupdatestockpricedlg.h"
#include "../widgets/kmymoneypriceview.h"
KEditEquityEntryDlg::KEditEquityEntryDlg(const MyMoneySecurity& selectedSecurity, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KEditEquityEntryDecl(tqparent, name, true)
KEditEquityEntryDlg::KEditEquityEntryDlg(const MyMoneySecurity& selectedSecurity, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KEditEquityEntryDecl(parent, name, true)
{
m_selectedSecurity = selectedSecurity;

@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KEditEquityEntryDlg : public KEditEquityEntryDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KEditEquityEntryDlg(const MyMoneySecurity& selectedSecurity, TQWidget *tqparent = NULL, const char *name = NULL);
KEditEquityEntryDlg(const MyMoneySecurity& selectedSecurity, TQWidget *parent = NULL, const char *name = NULL);
~KEditEquityEntryDlg();
void updatedEquity(MyMoneySecurity& security) { security = m_selectedSecurity; }

@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
#include "../mymoney/mymoneyfile.h"
#include "../kmymoneyutils.h"
KEditLoanWizard::KEditLoanWizard(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KNewLoanWizard(tqparent, name)
KEditLoanWizard::KEditLoanWizard(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KNewLoanWizard(parent, name)
{
MyMoneyFile* file = MyMoneyFile::instance();

@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ class KEditLoanWizard : public KNewLoanWizard
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KEditLoanWizard(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KEditLoanWizard(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KEditLoanWizard();
/**

@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ public:
kMandatoryFieldGroup* m_requiredFields;
};
KEditScheduleDlg::KEditScheduleDlg(const MyMoneySchedule& schedule, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KEditScheduleDlgDecl(tqparent, name, true),
KEditScheduleDlg::KEditScheduleDlg(const MyMoneySchedule& schedule, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KEditScheduleDlgDecl(parent, name, true),
d(new Private)
{
d->m_schedule = schedule;
@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ TransactionEditor* KEditScheduleDlg::startEdit(void)
connect(editor, TQT_SIGNAL(createSecurity(MyMoneyAccount&, const MyMoneyAccount&)), kmymoney2, TQT_SLOT(slotInvestmentNew(MyMoneyAccount&, const MyMoneyAccount&)));
connect(MyMoneyFile::instance(), TQT_SIGNAL(dataChanged()), editor, TQT_SLOT(slotReloadEditWidgets()));
// create the widgets, place them in the tqparent and load them with data
// create the widgets, place them in the parent and load them with data
// setup tab order
d->m_tabOrderWidgets.clear();
KMyMoneyRegister::Action action = KMyMoneyRegister::ActionWithdrawal;
@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ bool KEditScheduleDlg::focusNextPrevChild(bool next)
w = tqApp->tqfocusWidget();
while(w && d->m_tabOrderWidgets.find(w) == -1) {
// qDebug("'%s' not in list, use tqparent", w->className());
// qDebug("'%s' not in list, use parent", w->className());
w = w->parentWidget();
}
// if(w) qDebug("tab order is at '%s'", w->className());

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public:
/**
* Standard TQWidget constructor.
**/
KEditScheduleDlg(const MyMoneySchedule& schedule, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KEditScheduleDlg(const MyMoneySchedule& schedule, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
/**
* Standard destructor.

@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
TQMap<TQWidget*, TQString> m_helpAnchor;
};
KEndingBalanceDlg::KEndingBalanceDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KEndingBalanceDlgDecl(tqparent, name, true),
KEndingBalanceDlg::KEndingBalanceDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KEndingBalanceDlgDecl(parent, name, true),
d(new Private)
{
TQString value;
@ -246,12 +246,12 @@ void KEndingBalanceDlg::slotCreateChargesCategory(const TQString& txt, TQString&
createCategory(txt, id, MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense());
}
void KEndingBalanceDlg::createCategory(const TQString& txt, TQString& id, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
void KEndingBalanceDlg::createCategory(const TQString& txt, TQString& id, const MyMoneyAccount& parent)
{
MyMoneyAccount acc;
acc.setName(txt);
emit createCategory(acc, tqparent);
emit createCategory(acc, parent);
id = acc.id();
}
@ -380,8 +380,8 @@ void KEndingBalanceDlg::help(void)
kapp->invokeHelp(anchor);
}
KEndingBalanceLoanDlg::KEndingBalanceLoanDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KEndingBalanceDlgDecl(tqparent, name, true),
KEndingBalanceLoanDlg::KEndingBalanceLoanDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KEndingBalanceDlgDecl(parent, name, true),
d(new Private)
{
d->m_account = account;

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class KEndingBalanceDlg : public KEndingBalanceDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KEndingBalanceDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KEndingBalanceDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KEndingBalanceDlg();
const MyMoneyMoney endingBalance(void) const;
@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public:
protected:
bool createTransaction(MyMoneyTransaction& t, const int sign, kMyMoneyEdit *amountEdit, KMyMoneyCategory *categoryEdit, kMyMoneyDateInput* dateEdit);
const MyMoneyMoney adjustedReturnValue(const MyMoneyMoney& v) const;
void createCategory(const TQString& txt, TQString& id, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void createCategory(const TQString& txt, TQString& id, const MyMoneyAccount& parent);
protected slots:
void slotCheckPageFinished(void);
@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ signals:
/**
* emit when a category is about to be created
*/
void createCategory(MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void createCategory(MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& parent);
private:
/// \internal d-pointer class.
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ class KEndingBalanceLoanDlg : public KEndingBalanceDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KEndingBalanceLoanDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KEndingBalanceLoanDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KEndingBalanceLoanDlg();
/**

@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ public:
KMyMoneyUtils::EnterScheduleResultCodeE m_extendedReturnCode;
};
KEnterScheduleDlg::KEnterScheduleDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const MyMoneySchedule& schedule) :
KEnterScheduleDlgDecl(tqparent, "kenterscheduledlg"),
KEnterScheduleDlg::KEnterScheduleDlg(TQWidget *parent, const MyMoneySchedule& schedule) :
KEnterScheduleDlgDecl(parent, "kenterscheduledlg"),
d(new Private)
{
d->m_schedule = schedule;
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ TransactionEditor* KEnterScheduleDlg::startEdit(void)
connect(editor, TQT_SIGNAL(createSecurity(MyMoneyAccount&, const MyMoneyAccount&)), kmymoney2, TQT_SLOT(slotInvestmentNew(MyMoneyAccount&, const MyMoneyAccount&)));
connect(MyMoneyFile::instance(), TQT_SIGNAL(dataChanged()), editor, TQT_SLOT(slotReloadEditWidgets()));
// create the widgets, place them in the tqparent and load them with data
// create the widgets, place them in the parent and load them with data
// setup tab order
d->m_tabOrderWidgets.clear();
KMyMoneyRegister::Action action = KMyMoneyRegister::ActionWithdrawal;
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ bool KEnterScheduleDlg::focusNextPrevChild(bool next)
w = tqApp->tqfocusWidget();
while(w && d->m_tabOrderWidgets.find(w) == -1) {
// qDebug("'%s' not in list, use tqparent", w->className());
// qDebug("'%s' not in list, use parent", w->className());
w = w->parentWidget();
}
// if(w) qDebug("tab order is at '%s'", w->className());

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class KEnterScheduleDlg : public KEnterScheduleDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KEnterScheduleDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const MyMoneySchedule& schedule);
KEnterScheduleDlg(TQWidget *parent, const MyMoneySchedule& schedule);
~KEnterScheduleDlg();
TransactionEditor* startEdit(void);

@ -61,8 +61,8 @@
#define ID_COL 4
#define SOURCE_COL 5
KEquityPriceUpdateDlg::KEquityPriceUpdateDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const TQString& securityId) :
KEquityPriceUpdateDlgDecl(tqparent),
KEquityPriceUpdateDlg::KEquityPriceUpdateDlg(TQWidget *parent, const TQString& securityId) :
KEquityPriceUpdateDlgDecl(parent),
m_fUpdateAll(false)
{
lvEquityList->setRootIsDecorated(false);

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class KEquityPriceUpdateDlg : public KEquityPriceUpdateDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KEquityPriceUpdateDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const TQString& securityId = TQString());
KEquityPriceUpdateDlg(TQWidget *parent, const TQString& securityId = TQString());
~KEquityPriceUpdateDlg();
void storePrices(void);
MyMoneyPrice price(const TQString& id) const;

@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
#include "../widgets/kmymoneyaccountcombo.h"
#include "../kmymoneyutils.h"
KExportDlg::KExportDlg(TQWidget *tqparent)
: KExportDlgDecl(tqparent, 0, true)
KExportDlg::KExportDlg(TQWidget *parent)
: KExportDlgDecl(parent, 0, true)
{
// Set (almost) all the last used options
readConfig();

@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ class KExportDlg : public KExportDlgDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KExportDlg(TQWidget *tqparent);
KExportDlg(TQWidget *parent);
~KExportDlg();
/**

@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
#include "ksortoptiondlg.h"
KFindTransactionDlg::KFindTransactionDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KFindTransactionDlgDecl(tqparent, name, false),
KFindTransactionDlg::KFindTransactionDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KFindTransactionDlgDecl(parent, name, false),
m_needReload(false)
{
m_register->installEventFilter(this);

@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ public:
dateOptionCount
};
*/
KFindTransactionDlg(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KFindTransactionDlg(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KFindTransactionDlg() {}
virtual bool eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e );

@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
#include "kgncimportoptionsdlg.h"
// dialog constructor
KGncImportOptionsDlg::KGncImportOptionsDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KGncImportOptionsDlgDecl(tqparent, name)
KGncImportOptionsDlg::KGncImportOptionsDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KGncImportOptionsDlgDecl(parent, name)
{
buttonInvestGroup->setRadioButtonExclusive (true);
buttonInvestGroup->setButton (0);

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class KGncImportOptionsDlg : public KGncImportOptionsDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KGncImportOptionsDlg(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KGncImportOptionsDlg(TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
~KGncImportOptionsDlg();
int investmentOption () const {return (buttonInvestGroup->selectedId());};

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include "kgncpricesourcedlg.h"
#include "../converter/webpricequote.h"
KGncPriceSourceDlg::KGncPriceSourceDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KGncPriceSourceDlgDecl(tqparent, name)
KGncPriceSourceDlg::KGncPriceSourceDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KGncPriceSourceDlgDecl(parent, name)
{
}
KGncPriceSourceDlg::KGncPriceSourceDlg(const TQString &stockName, const TQString &gncSource){

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class KGncPriceSourceDlg : public KGncPriceSourceDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KGncPriceSourceDlg(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KGncPriceSourceDlg(TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KGncPriceSourceDlg(const TQString &stockName, const TQString &gncSource);
~KGncPriceSourceDlg();

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
#include "kgpgkeyselectiondlg.h"
#include <kmymoney/kgpgfile.h>
KGpgKeySelectionDlg::KGpgKeySelectionDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("Select additional keys"), Ok | Cancel),
KGpgKeySelectionDlg::KGpgKeySelectionDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("Select additional keys"), Ok | Cancel),
m_needCheckList(true),
m_listOk(false),
m_checkCount(0)

@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class KGpgKeySelectionDlg : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KGpgKeySelectionDlg(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KGpgKeySelectionDlg(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~KGpgKeySelectionDlg() {}
/**

@ -51,8 +51,8 @@
#include "mymoneyqifprofileeditor.h"
#include "../converter/mymoneyqifprofile.h"
KImportDlg::KImportDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char * name)
: KImportDlgDecl(tqparent, name, TRUE)
KImportDlg::KImportDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char * name)
: KImportDlgDecl(parent, name, TRUE)
{
// Set all the last used options
readConfig();

@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ public:
/**
* Standard constructor
*/
KImportDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name = 0);
KImportDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char *name = 0);
/** Standard destructor */
~KImportDlg();

@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
#include "kloadtemplatedlg.h"
#include "../widgets/kaccounttemplateselector.h"
KLoadTemplateDlg::KLoadTemplateDlg(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KLoadTemplateDlgDecl(tqparent, name)
KLoadTemplateDlg::KLoadTemplateDlg(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KLoadTemplateDlgDecl(parent, name)
{
buttonOk->setGuiItem(KStdGuiItem::ok());
buttonCancel->setGuiItem(KStdGuiItem::cancel());

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class KLoadTemplateDlg : public KLoadTemplateDlgDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KLoadTemplateDlg(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KLoadTemplateDlg(TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
TQValueList<MyMoneyTemplate> templates(void) const;

@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
#include "kmergetransactionsdlg.h"
KMergeTransactionsDlg::KMergeTransactionsDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KSelectTransactionsDlg(account, tqparent, name)
KMergeTransactionsDlg::KMergeTransactionsDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KSelectTransactionsDlg(account, parent, name)
{
// setup descriptive texts

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class KMergeTransactionsDlg: public KSelectTransactionsDlg
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMergeTransactionsDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KMergeTransactionsDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
bool eventFilter(TQObject* , TQEvent* ) { return false; }

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/mymoneyfile.h>
#include <kmymoney/kmymoneyutils.h>
KMyMoneyFileInfoDlg::KMyMoneyFileInfoDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: KMyMoneyFileInfoDlgDecl(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyFileInfoDlg::KMyMoneyFileInfoDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: KMyMoneyFileInfoDlgDecl(parent, name)
{
// Hide the unused buttons.
buttonCancel->hide();

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class KMyMoneyFileInfoDlg : public KMyMoneyFileInfoDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyFileInfoDlg(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KMyMoneyFileInfoDlg(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~KMyMoneyFileInfoDlg();
};

@ -53,8 +53,8 @@
#define PRICE_COL 3
#define SOURCE_COL 4
KMyMoneyPriceDlg::KMyMoneyPriceDlg(TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name) :
KMyMoneyPriceDlgDecl(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyPriceDlg::KMyMoneyPriceDlg(TQWidget* parent, const char *name) :
KMyMoneyPriceDlgDecl(parent, name)
{
KIconLoader *il = KGlobal::iconLoader();
KGuiItem removeButtenItem( i18n( "&Delete" ),

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KMyMoneyPriceDlg : public KMyMoneyPriceDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyPriceDlg(TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name);
KMyMoneyPriceDlg(TQWidget* parent, const char *name);
~KMyMoneyPriceDlg();
protected slots:

@ -62,8 +62,8 @@
#include "../mymoney/mymoneyutils.h"
kMyMoneySplitTable::kMyMoneySplitTable(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
TQTable(tqparent,name),
kMyMoneySplitTable::kMyMoneySplitTable(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
TQTable(parent,name),
m_currentRow(0),
m_maxRows(0),
m_editMode(false),

@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class kMyMoneySplitTable : public TQTable
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
kMyMoneySplitTable(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
kMyMoneySplitTable(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~kMyMoneySplitTable();
void paintCell(TQPainter *p, int row, int col, const TQRect& r, bool /*selected*/);

@ -88,8 +88,8 @@
#define KMM_KDCHART_PROPSET_NORMAL_DATA KDCHART_PROPSET_NORMAL_DATA
#endif
KNewAccountDlg::KNewAccountDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, bool isEditing, bool categoryEditor, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, const TQString& title)
: KNewAccountDlgDecl(tqparent,name,true),
KNewAccountDlg::KNewAccountDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, bool isEditing, bool categoryEditor, TQWidget *parent, const char *name, const TQString& title)
: KNewAccountDlgDecl(parent,name,true),
m_account(account),
m_bSelectedParentAccount(false),
m_categoryEditor(categoryEditor),
@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ KNewAccountDlg::KNewAccountDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, bool isEditing, bo
m_vatCategory->setChecked(false);
m_vatAssignment->setChecked(false);
// make sure our account does not have an id and no tqparent assigned
// make sure our account does not have an id and no parent assigned
// and certainly no tqchildren in case we create a new account
if(!m_isEditing) {
m_account.clearId();
@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ KNewAccountDlg::KNewAccountDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, bool isEditing, bo
m_account.removeAccountId(*it);
if(m_parentItem == 0) {
// force loading of initial tqparent
// force loading of initial parent
m_account.setAccountType(MyMoneyAccount::UnknownAccountType);
MyMoneyAccount::_accountTypeE type = account.accountType();
if(type == MyMoneyAccount::UnknownAccountType)
@ -476,10 +476,10 @@ void KNewAccountDlg::okClicked()
return;
}
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = parentAccount();
if (tqparent.name().length() == 0)
MyMoneyAccount parent = parentAccount();
if (parent.name().length() == 0)
{
KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("Please select a tqparent account."));
KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("Please select a parent account."));
return;
}
@ -538,10 +538,10 @@ void KNewAccountDlg::okClicked()
if (!m_categoryEditor)
{
acctype = KMyMoneyUtils::stringToAccountType(typeCombo->currentText());
// If it's a loan, check if the tqparent is asset or liability. In
// If it's a loan, check if the parent is asset or liability. In
// case of asset, we change the account type to be AssetLoan
if(acctype == MyMoneyAccount::Loan
&& tqparent.accountGroup() == MyMoneyAccount::Asset)
&& parent.accountGroup() == MyMoneyAccount::Asset)
acctype = MyMoneyAccount::AssetLoan;
#if 0
@ -556,10 +556,10 @@ void KNewAccountDlg::okClicked()
}
else
{
acctype = tqparent.accountGroup();
acctype = parent.accountGroup();
TQString newName;
if(!MyMoneyFile::instance()->isStandardAccount(tqparent.id())) {
newName = MyMoneyFile::instance()->accountToCategory(tqparent.id()) + MyMoneyFile::AccountSeperator;
if(!MyMoneyFile::instance()->isStandardAccount(parent.id())) {
newName = MyMoneyFile::instance()->accountToCategory(parent.id()) + MyMoneyFile::AccountSeperator;
}
newName += accountNameText;
if(!file->categoryToAccount(newName, acctype).isEmpty()
@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ void KNewAccountDlg::initParentWidget(TQString parentId, const TQString& account
m_parentItem = 0;
m_accountItem = 0;
// Determine the tqparent account
// Determine the parent account
try
{
m_parentAccount = file->account(parentId);
@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ void KNewAccountDlg::initParentWidget(TQString parentId, const TQString& account
m_qlistviewParentAccounts->clear();
// Now scan all 4 account roots to load the list and mark the tqparent
// Now scan all 4 account roots to load the list and mark the parent
try
{
if (!m_categoryEditor)

@ -81,17 +81,17 @@ public:
* apply and will be handled by the dialog.
*
* @param account The original data to be used to create the account. In case
* of @p isEditing is false, the account id, the tqparent account id
* of @p isEditing is false, the account id, the parent account id
* and the list of all child accounts will be cleared.
* @param isEditing If @p false, rules for new account creation apply.
* If @p true, rules for account editing apply
* @param categoryEditor If @p false, rules for asset/liability accounts apply.
* If @p true, rules for income/expense account apply.
* @param tqparent Pointer to tqparent object (passed to TQDialog). Default is 0.
* @param parent Pointer to parent object (passed to TQDialog). Default is 0.
* @param name Name of the object (passed to TQDialog). Default is 0.
* @param title Caption of the object (passed to TQDialog). Default is empty string.
*/
KNewAccountDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, bool isEditing, bool categoryEditor, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, const TQString& title=TQString());
KNewAccountDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, bool isEditing, bool categoryEditor, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, const TQString& title=TQString());
/**
* This method returns the edited account object.
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
const MyMoneyAccount& account(void);
/**
* This method returns the tqparent account of the edited account object.
* This method returns the parent account of the edited account object.
*/
const MyMoneyAccount& parentAccount(void);

@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
#include "knewbankdlg.h"
KNewBankDlg::KNewBankDlg(MyMoneyInstitution& institution, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KNewBankDlgDecl(tqparent,name,true), m_institution(institution)
KNewBankDlg::KNewBankDlg(MyMoneyInstitution& institution, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KNewBankDlgDecl(parent,name,true), m_institution(institution)
{
okBtn->setGuiItem(KStdGuiItem::ok());
cancelBtn->setGuiItem(KStdGuiItem::cancel());

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KNewBankDlg : public KNewBankDlgDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KNewBankDlg(MyMoneyInstitution& institution, TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KNewBankDlg(MyMoneyInstitution& institution, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
~KNewBankDlg();
const MyMoneyInstitution& institution(void);

@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
const int KNewBudgetDlg::m_icFutureYears = 5;
const int KNewBudgetDlg::m_icPastYears = 2;
KNewBudgetDlg::KNewBudgetDlg(TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name) :
KNewBudgetDlgDecl(tqparent, name)
KNewBudgetDlg::KNewBudgetDlg(TQWidget* parent, const char *name) :
KNewBudgetDlgDecl(parent, name)
{
TQStringList slYear;
TQDate dToday = TQDate::tqcurrentDate();

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class KNewBudgetDlg : public KNewBudgetDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KNewBudgetDlg(TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name);
KNewBudgetDlg(TQWidget* parent, const char *name);
~KNewBudgetDlg();
TQString& getYear() {return m_year;};

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include "../widgets/kmymoneyedit.h"
#include "../mymoney/mymoneymoney.h"
KNewEquityEntryDlg::KNewEquityEntryDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: kNewEquityEntryDecl(tqparent, name, TRUE)
KNewEquityEntryDlg::KNewEquityEntryDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: kNewEquityEntryDecl(parent, name, TRUE)
{
edtFraction->setCalculatorButtonVisible(false);
edtFraction->setPrecision(0);

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class KNewEquityEntryDlg : public kNewEquityEntryDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KNewEquityEntryDlg(TQWidget *tqparent = NULL, const char *name = NULL);
KNewEquityEntryDlg(TQWidget *parent = NULL, const char *name = NULL);
virtual ~KNewEquityEntryDlg();
void setSymbolName(const TQString& str);

@ -43,16 +43,16 @@
#include "knewfiledlg.h"
KNewFileDlg::KNewFileDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, const TQString& title)
: KNewFileDlgDecl(tqparent,name,true)
KNewFileDlg::KNewFileDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char *name, const TQString& title)
: KNewFileDlgDecl(parent,name,true)
{
init(title);
}
KNewFileDlg::KNewFileDlg(TQString userName, TQString userStreet,
TQString userTown, TQString userCounty, TQString userPostcode, TQString userTelephone,
TQString userEmail, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, const TQString& title)
: KNewFileDlgDecl(tqparent,name,true)
TQString userEmail, TQWidget *parent, const char *name, const TQString& title)
: KNewFileDlgDecl(parent,name,true)
{
userNameEdit->setText(userName);
streetEdit->setText(userStreet);

@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ class KNewFileDlg : public KNewFileDlgDecl {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KNewFileDlg(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, const TQString& title=TQString());
KNewFileDlg(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, const TQString& title=TQString());
KNewFileDlg(TQString userName, TQString userStreet,
TQString userTown, TQString userCounty, TQString userPostcode, TQString userTelephone,
TQString userEmail, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, const TQString& title=TQString());
TQString userEmail, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, const TQString& title=TQString());
~KNewFileDlg();
KPushButton* cancelButton(void) { return cancelBtn; };

@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
#include "../converter/webpricequote.h"
#include "../kmymoneyutils.h"
KNewInvestmentWizard::KNewInvestmentWizard( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KNewInvestmentWizardDecl( tqparent, name )
KNewInvestmentWizard::KNewInvestmentWizard( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KNewInvestmentWizardDecl( parent, name )
{
init1();
slotCheckPage(TQString());
@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ KNewInvestmentWizard::KNewInvestmentWizard( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name
connect(m_investmentSymbol, TQT_SIGNAL(lineChanged(const TQString&)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotCheckForExistingSymbol(const TQString&)));
}
KNewInvestmentWizard::KNewInvestmentWizard( const MyMoneyAccount& acc, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KNewInvestmentWizardDecl( tqparent, name ),
KNewInvestmentWizard::KNewInvestmentWizard( const MyMoneyAccount& acc, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KNewInvestmentWizardDecl( parent, name ),
m_account(acc)
{
setCaption(i18n("Investment detail wizard"));
@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ KNewInvestmentWizard::KNewInvestmentWizard( const MyMoneyAccount& acc, TQWidget
}
KNewInvestmentWizard::KNewInvestmentWizard( const MyMoneySecurity& security, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KNewInvestmentWizardDecl( tqparent, name ),
KNewInvestmentWizard::KNewInvestmentWizard( const MyMoneySecurity& security, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KNewInvestmentWizardDecl( parent, name ),
m_security(security)
{
setCaption(i18n("Security detail wizard"));
@ -299,8 +299,8 @@ void KNewInvestmentWizard::createObjects(const TQString& parentId)
}
if(m_account.id().isEmpty()) {
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = file->account(parentId);
file->addAccount(m_account, tqparent);
MyMoneyAccount parent = file->account(parentId);
file->addAccount(m_account, parent);
} else
file->modifyAccount(m_account);
}

@ -44,17 +44,17 @@ public:
/**
* Use this constructor for the creation of a new investment
*/
KNewInvestmentWizard( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
KNewInvestmentWizard( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
/**
* Use this constructor for the modification of an existing investment
*/
KNewInvestmentWizard( const MyMoneyAccount& acc, TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
KNewInvestmentWizard( const MyMoneyAccount& acc, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
/**
* Use this constructor for the modification of an existing security
*/
KNewInvestmentWizard( const MyMoneySecurity& sec, TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
KNewInvestmentWizard( const MyMoneySecurity& sec, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
~KNewInvestmentWizard();
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ public:
* creates all necessary objects for the investment or updates
* them.
*
* @param parentId id of tqparent account for the investment
* @param parentId id of parent account for the investment
*/
void createObjects(const TQString& parentId);

@ -59,8 +59,8 @@
#include "../kmymoney2.h"
KNewLoanWizard::KNewLoanWizard(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KNewLoanWizardDecl(tqparent, name, true)
KNewLoanWizard::KNewLoanWizard(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KNewLoanWizardDecl(parent, name, true)
{
connect(m_borrowButton, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), this, TQT_SLOT(slotLiabilityLoan()));
connect(m_lendButton, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), this, TQT_SLOT(slotAssetLoan()));

@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ class KNewLoanWizard : public KNewLoanWizardDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KNewLoanWizard(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KNewLoanWizard(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KNewLoanWizard();
/**

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
#include "konlinequoteconfigurationdlg.h"
KOnlineQuoteConfigurationDlg::KOnlineQuoteConfigurationDlg(TQWidget *tqparent) : kOnlineQuoteConfigurationDecl(tqparent)
KOnlineQuoteConfigurationDlg::KOnlineQuoteConfigurationDlg(TQWidget *parent) : kOnlineQuoteConfigurationDecl(parent)
{
}

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KOnlineQuoteConfigurationDlg : public kOnlineQuoteConfigurationDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KOnlineQuoteConfigurationDlg(TQWidget *tqparent);
KOnlineQuoteConfigurationDlg(TQWidget *parent);
~KOnlineQuoteConfigurationDlg();
};

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/kmymoneycombo.h>
#include <kmymoney/kguiutils.h>
KPayeeReassignDlg::KPayeeReassignDlg( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KPayeeReassignDlgDecl( tqparent, name)
KPayeeReassignDlg::KPayeeReassignDlg( TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KPayeeReassignDlgDecl( parent, name)
{
buttonOk->setGuiItem(KStdGuiItem::ok());
buttonCancel->setGuiItem(KStdGuiItem::cancel());

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KPayeeReassignDlg : public KPayeeReassignDlgDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
/** Default constructor */
KPayeeReassignDlg( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KPayeeReassignDlg( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
/** Destructor */
~KPayeeReassignDlg();

@ -37,12 +37,12 @@
#include "krecentfileitem.h"
KRecentFileItem::KRecentFileItem(const TQString& url, TQIconView* tqparent, const TQString& text, const TQPixmap& icon)
: TQIconViewItem(tqparent, text, icon),
KRecentFileItem::KRecentFileItem(const TQString& url, TQIconView* parent, const TQString& text, const TQPixmap& icon)
: TQIconViewItem(parent, text, icon),
m_url(url),
m_parent(tqparent)
m_parent(parent)
{
TQToolTip::add(tqparent, rect(), url);
TQToolTip::add(parent, rect(), url);
// avoid moving this item around
setDragEnabled(false);
}

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
class KRecentFileItem : public TQIconViewItem {
public:
KRecentFileItem(const TQString& url, TQIconView* tqparent, const TQString& text, const TQPixmap& icon);
KRecentFileItem(const TQString& url, TQIconView* parent, const TQString& text, const TQPixmap& icon);
~KRecentFileItem();
TQString fileURL(void) const { return m_url; }

@ -24,8 +24,8 @@
KReconcileDlg::KReconcileDlg(const MyMoneyMoney /* previousBal */, const MyMoneyMoney /* endingBal */,
const TQDate /* endingDate */, MyMoneyAccount* /*accountIndex */,
const MyMoneyFile* /* file */, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KReconcileDlgDecl(tqparent,name,true)
const MyMoneyFile* /* file */, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KReconcileDlgDecl(parent,name,true)
{
/*
m_balanced = false;

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class KReconcileDlg : public KReconcileDlgDecl {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KReconcileDlg(const MyMoneyMoney previousBal, const MyMoneyMoney endingBal, const TQDate endingDate, MyMoneyAccount *accountIndex, const MyMoneyFile* file, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KReconcileDlg(const MyMoneyMoney previousBal, const MyMoneyMoney endingBal, const TQDate endingDate, MyMoneyAccount *accountIndex, const MyMoneyFile* file, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KReconcileDlg();
// void updateData(void);
void resetData(const MyMoneyMoney previousBal, const MyMoneyMoney endingBal, const TQDate endingDate, MyMoneyAccount *accountIndex, const MyMoneyFile* file);

@ -76,8 +76,8 @@
#include "../widgets/kmymoneyreportconfigtabchartdecl.h"
KReportConfigurationFilterDlg::KReportConfigurationFilterDlg(
MyMoneyReport report, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KFindTransactionDlg(tqparent, name),
MyMoneyReport report, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KFindTransactionDlg(parent, name),
m_tab2(0),
m_tab3(0),
m_tabChart(0),

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class KReportConfigurationFilterDlg : public KFindTransactionDlg
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KReportConfigurationFilterDlg(MyMoneyReport report, TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KReportConfigurationFilterDlg(MyMoneyReport report, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
~KReportConfigurationFilterDlg();
const MyMoneyReport& getConfig(void) const { return m_currentState; }

@ -53,8 +53,8 @@
#define CURRENCY_MARKET TQString("ISO 4217")
KSecurityListEditor::KSecurityListEditor(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KSecurityListEditorDecl(tqparent, name)
KSecurityListEditor::KSecurityListEditor(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KSecurityListEditorDecl(parent, name)
{
m_listView->setColumnWidth(ID_COL, 0);
m_listView->setColumnWidthMode(NAME_COL, TQListView::Maximum);

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KSecurityListEditor : public KSecurityListEditorDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSecurityListEditor(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name = 0);
KSecurityListEditor(TQWidget *parent, const char* name = 0);
~KSecurityListEditor();
protected slots:

@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
#include "kselectdatabasedlg.h"
KSelectDatabaseDlg::KSelectDatabaseDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KSelectDatabaseDlgDecl(tqparent, name) {
KSelectDatabaseDlg::KSelectDatabaseDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KSelectDatabaseDlgDecl(parent, name) {
listDrivers->clear();
// list drivers supported by KMM
TQMap<TQString, TQString> map = m_map.driverMap();
@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ KSelectDatabaseDlg::KSelectDatabaseDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
}
}
KSelectDatabaseDlg::KSelectDatabaseDlg(KURL openURL, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KSelectDatabaseDlgDecl(tqparent, name) {
KSelectDatabaseDlg::KSelectDatabaseDlg(KURL openURL, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KSelectDatabaseDlgDecl(parent, name) {
// here we are re-opening a database from a URL
// probably taken from the last-used or recent file list
listDrivers->clear();

@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ class KSelectDatabaseDlg : public KSelectDatabaseDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSelectDatabaseDlg(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KSelectDatabaseDlg(KURL openURL, TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KSelectDatabaseDlg(TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KSelectDatabaseDlg(KURL openURL, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
~KSelectDatabaseDlg();
/** Set the mode of this dialog
* @param - openMode (IO_ReadWrite = open database; IO_WriteOnly = saveas database)

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include "kmergetransactionsdlg.h"
KSelectTransactionsDlg::KSelectTransactionsDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& _account, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KSelectTransactionsDlgDecl(tqparent, name),
KSelectTransactionsDlg::KSelectTransactionsDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& _account, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KSelectTransactionsDlgDecl(parent, name),
m_account(_account)
{
// setup descriptive texts

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class KSelectTransactionsDlg: public KSelectTransactionsDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSelectTransactionsDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KSelectTransactionsDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
/**
* Adds the transaction @a t to the dialog

@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ KSplitTransactionDlg::KSplitTransactionDlg(const MyMoneyTransaction& t,
const bool deposit,
const MyMoneyMoney& calculatedValue,
const TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyMoney>& priceInfo,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KSplitTransactionDlgDecl(tqparent, name, true),
TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KSplitTransactionDlgDecl(parent, name, true),
m_account(acc),
m_split(s),
m_precision(2),
@ -428,19 +428,19 @@ MyMoneyMoney KSplitTransactionDlg::diffAmount(void)
void KSplitTransactionDlg::slotCreateCategory(const TQString& name, TQString& id)
{
MyMoneyAccount acc, tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount acc, parent;
acc.setName(name);
if(m_isDeposit)
tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->income();
parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->income();
else
tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
// TODO extract possible first part of a hierarchy and check if it is one
// of our top categories. If so, remove it and select the tqparent
// of our top categories. If so, remove it and select the parent
// according to this information.
emit createCategory(acc, tqparent);
emit createCategory(acc, parent);
// return id
id = acc.id();

@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ public:
const bool deposit,
const MyMoneyMoney& calculatedValue,
const TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyMoney>& priceInfo,
TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
virtual ~KSplitTransactionDlg();
@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ protected slots:
signals:
/**
* This signal is sent out, when a new category needs to be created
* Depending on the setting of either a payment or deposit, the tqparent
* Depending on the setting of either a payment or deposit, the parent
* account will be preset to Expense or Income.
*
* @param account reference to account info. Will be filled by called slot
* @param tqparent reference to tqparent account
* @param parent reference to parent account
*/
void createCategory(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void createCategory(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& parent);
/**
* Signal is emitted, if any of the widgets enters (@a state equals @a true)

@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
#include <tqtooltip.h>
KStartDlg::KStartDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, bool modal) : KDialogBase(IconList,i18n("Start Dialog"),Help|Ok|Cancel,Ok, tqparent, name, modal, true)
KStartDlg::KStartDlg(TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal) : KDialogBase(IconList,i18n("Start Dialog"),Help|Ok|Cancel,Ok, parent, name, modal, true)
{
setPage_Template();
setPage_Documents();

@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class KStartDlg : public KDialogBase {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KStartDlg( TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, bool modal=true );
KStartDlg( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, bool modal=true );
virtual ~KStartDlg();
bool isNewFile(void) const { return isnewfile; }
bool isOpenFile(void) const { return !kurlrequest->url().isEmpty(); }

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
#include "kupdatestockpricedlg.h"
#include "../widgets/kmymoneycurrencyselector.h"
KUpdateStockPriceDlg::KUpdateStockPriceDlg(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
kUpdateStockPriceDecl(tqparent, name, true)
KUpdateStockPriceDlg::KUpdateStockPriceDlg(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
kUpdateStockPriceDecl(parent, name, true)
{
m_date->setDate(TQDate::tqcurrentDate());
init();

@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ class KUpdateStockPriceDlg : public kUpdateStockPriceDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KUpdateStockPriceDlg(TQWidget* tqparent = NULL, const char* name = NULL);
KUpdateStockPriceDlg(TQWidget* parent = NULL, const char* name = NULL);
~KUpdateStockPriceDlg();
const TQDate date() const { return m_date->date(); };

@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ TQValidator::State MyMoneyQifProfileNameValidator::validate(TQString& name, int&
return TQValidator::Acceptable;
}
MyMoneyQifProfileEditor::MyMoneyQifProfileEditor(const bool edit, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: MyMoneyQifProfileEditorDecl(tqparent,name),
MyMoneyQifProfileEditor::MyMoneyQifProfileEditor(const bool edit, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: MyMoneyQifProfileEditorDecl(parent,name),
m_inEdit(edit),
m_isDirty(false),
m_isAccepted(false),

@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ class MyMoneyQifProfileEditor : public MyMoneyQifProfileEditorDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
MyMoneyQifProfileEditor(const bool edit = false, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
MyMoneyQifProfileEditor(const bool edit = false, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~MyMoneyQifProfileEditor();
/**

@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
#include "ksettingscolors.h"
KSettingsColors::KSettingsColors(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KSettingsColorsDecl(tqparent, name)
KSettingsColors::KSettingsColors(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KSettingsColorsDecl(parent, name)
{
}

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class KSettingsColors : public KSettingsColorsDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSettingsColors(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KSettingsColors(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~KSettingsColors();
};
#endif

@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
#include "ksettingsfonts.h"
KSettingsFonts::KSettingsFonts(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KSettingsFontsDecl(tqparent, name)
KSettingsFonts::KSettingsFonts(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KSettingsFontsDecl(parent, name)
{
}

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class KSettingsFonts : public KSettingsFontsDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSettingsFonts(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KSettingsFonts(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~KSettingsFonts();
};
#endif

@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
#include "ksettingsforecast.h"
KSettingsForecast::KSettingsForecast(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KSettingsForecastDecl(tqparent, name)
KSettingsForecast::KSettingsForecast(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KSettingsForecastDecl(parent, name)
{
}

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class KSettingsForecast : public KSettingsForecastDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSettingsForecast(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KSettingsForecast(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~KSettingsForecast();
};
#endif

@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/kmymoneydateinput.h>
#include "ksettingsgeneral.h"
KSettingsGeneral::KSettingsGeneral(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KSettingsGeneralDecl(tqparent, name)
KSettingsGeneral::KSettingsGeneral(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KSettingsGeneralDecl(parent, name)
{
// hide the internally used date field
kcfg_StartDate->hide();

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class KSettingsGeneral : public KSettingsGeneralDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSettingsGeneral(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KSettingsGeneral(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~KSettingsGeneral();
protected slots:

@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
#define RECOVER_KEY_ID "0xD2B08440"
#define RECOVER_KEY_ID_FULL "59B0F826D2B08440"
KSettingsGpg::KSettingsGpg(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KSettingsGpgDecl(tqparent, name),
KSettingsGpg::KSettingsGpg(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KSettingsGpgDecl(parent, name),
m_checkCount(0),
m_needCheckList(true),
m_listOk(false)

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class KSettingsGpg : public KSettingsGpgDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSettingsGpg(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KSettingsGpg(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~KSettingsGpg();
public slots:

@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
#include "kmymoney2/kmymoneyglobalsettings.h"
#include "kmymoney2/kmymoneyutils.h"
KSettingsHome::KSettingsHome(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KSettingsHomeDecl(tqparent, name),
KSettingsHome::KSettingsHome(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KSettingsHomeDecl(parent, name),
m_noNeedToUpdateList(false)
{
m_homePageList->addColumn("");

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class KSettingsHome : public KSettingsHomeDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSettingsHome(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KSettingsHome(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~KSettingsHome();
protected slots:

@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
#include "ksettingsonlinequotes.h"
#include "kmymoney2/converter/webpricequote.h"
KSettingsOnlineQuotes::KSettingsOnlineQuotes(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: KSettingsOnlineQuotesDecl(tqparent, name)
KSettingsOnlineQuotes::KSettingsOnlineQuotes(TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: KSettingsOnlineQuotesDecl(parent, name)
{
TQStringList groups = WebPriceQuote::quoteSources();

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class KSettingsOnlineQuotes : public KSettingsOnlineQuotesDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSettingsOnlineQuotes(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KSettingsOnlineQuotes(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
virtual ~KSettingsOnlineQuotes() {}
void writeConfig(void) {}

@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
#include "kmymoney2/plugins/pluginloader.h"
#include "ksettingsplugins.h"
KSettingsPlugins::KSettingsPlugins(TQWidget* tqparent)
: TQWidget(tqparent)
KSettingsPlugins::KSettingsPlugins(TQWidget* parent)
: TQWidget(parent)
{
TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this);
KMyMoneyPlugin::PluginLoader::instance()->pluginSelectorWidget()->reparent(this, TQPoint());

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class KSettingsPlugins : public TQWidget
public:
KSettingsPlugins(TQWidget* tqparent = 0);
KSettingsPlugins(TQWidget* parent = 0);
~KSettingsPlugins();
public slots:

@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#include "ksettingsregister.h"
#include <kmymoney/transactionsortoption.h>
KSettingsRegister::KSettingsRegister(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KSettingsRegisterDecl(tqparent, name)
KSettingsRegister::KSettingsRegister(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KSettingsRegisterDecl(parent, name)
{
// hide the internally used text fields
kcfg_sortNormalView->hide();

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class KSettingsRegister : public KSettingsRegisterDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSettingsRegister(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KSettingsRegister(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~KSettingsRegister();
protected slots:

@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
#include "ksettingsschedules.h"
KSettingsSchedules::KSettingsSchedules(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KSettingsSchedulesDecl(tqparent, name)
KSettingsSchedules::KSettingsSchedules(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KSettingsSchedulesDecl(parent, name)
{
}

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class KSettingsSchedules : public KSettingsSchedulesDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KSettingsSchedules(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KSettingsSchedules(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~KSettingsSchedules();
};
#endif

@ -1785,33 +1785,33 @@ bool StdTransactionEditor::isComplete(TQString& reason) const
void StdTransactionEditor::slotCreateCategory(const TQString& name, TQString& id)
{
MyMoneyAccount acc, tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount acc, parent;
acc.setName(name);
KMyMoneyCashFlowCombo* cashflow = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyCashFlowCombo*>(haveWidget("cashflow"));
if(cashflow) {
// form based input
if(cashflow->direction() == KMyMoneyRegister::Deposit)
tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->income();
parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->income();
else
tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
} else if(haveWidget("deposit")) {
// register based input
kMyMoneyEdit* deposit = dynamic_cast<kMyMoneyEdit*>(m_editWidgets["deposit"]);
if(deposit->value().isPositive())
tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->income();
parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->income();
else
tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
} else
tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
// TODO extract possible first part of a hierarchy and check if it is one
// of our top categories. If so, remove it and select the tqparent
// of our top categories. If so, remove it and select the parent
// according to this information.
emit createCategory(acc, tqparent);
emit createCategory(acc, parent);
// return id
id = acc.id();

@ -212,13 +212,13 @@ signals:
/**
* This signal is sent out, when a new category needs to be created
* Depending on the setting of either a payment or deposit, the tqparent
* Depending on the setting of either a payment or deposit, the parent
* account will be preset to Expense or Income.
*
* @param account reference to account info. Will be filled by called slot
* @param tqparent reference to tqparent account
* @param parent reference to parent account
*/
void createCategory(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void createCategory(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& parent);
/**
* This signal is sent out, when a new security (e.g. stock )needs to be created
@ -226,9 +226,9 @@ signals:
* will be created.
*
* @param account reference to account info. Will be filled by called slot
* @param tqparent reference to tqparent account
* @param parent reference to parent account
*/
void createSecurity(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void createSecurity(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& parent);
/**
* Signal is emitted, if any of the widgets enters (@a state equals @a true)
@ -274,9 +274,9 @@ signals:
/**
* This signal is sent out, if any of the balance warning levels
* for @p account has been reached. @p msg contains the message text.
* @p tqparent points to the tqparent widget to be used for the warning message box.
* @p parent points to the parent widget to be used for the warning message box.
*/
void balanceWarning(TQWidget* tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQString& msg);
void balanceWarning(TQWidget* parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQString& msg);
protected:
TQValueList<MyMoneySplit> m_splits;

@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public:
TQString m_lastPayeeEntered;
};
KMyMoney2App::KMyMoney2App(TQWidget * /*tqparent*/ , const char* name) :
KMyMoney2App::KMyMoney2App(TQWidget * /*parent*/ , const char* name) :
KMainWindow(0, name),
DCOPObject("kmymoney2app"),
d(new Private),
@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotFileNew(void)
}
}
KURL KMyMoney2App::selectFile(const TQString& title, const TQString& _path, const TQString& tqmask, KFile::Mode mode)
KURL KMyMoney2App::selectFile(const TQString& title, const TQString& _path, const TQString& mask, KFile::Mode mode)
{
KURL url;
TQString path(_path);
@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ KURL KMyMoney2App::selectFile(const TQString& title, const TQString& _path, cons
if(path.isEmpty())
path = KGlobalSettings::documentPath();
KFileDialog* dialog = new KFileDialog(path, tqmask, this, title, true);
KFileDialog* dialog = new KFileDialog(path, mask, this, title, true);
dialog->setMode(mode);
if(dialog->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted) {
@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotInstitutionDelete(void)
}
}
const MyMoneyAccount& KMyMoney2App::findAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent) const
const MyMoneyAccount& KMyMoney2App::findAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& parent) const
{
static MyMoneyAccount nullAccount;
@ -2241,15 +2241,15 @@ const MyMoneyAccount& KMyMoney2App::findAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const
if(!acc.id().isEmpty()) {
return file->account(acc.id());
}
// collect the parents. in case tqparent does not have an id, we scan the all top-level accounts
if(tqparent.id().isEmpty()) {
// collect the parents. in case parent does not have an id, we scan the all top-level accounts
if(parent.id().isEmpty()) {
parents << file->asset();
parents << file->liability();
parents << file->income();
parents << file->expense();
parents << file->equity();
} else {
parents << tqparent;
parents << parent;
}
TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount>::const_iterator it_p;
for(it_p = parents.begin(); it_p != parents.end(); ++it_p) {
@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@ void KMyMoney2App::createAccount(MyMoneyAccount& newAccount, MyMoneyAccount& par
} else {
parentAccount = existingAccount;
}
newAccount.setParentAccountId(TQString()); // make sure, there's no tqparent
newAccount.setParentAccountId(TQString()); // make sure, there's no parent
newAccount.clearId(); // and no id set for adding
newAccount.removeAccountIds(); // and no sub-account ids
newAccount.setName(remainder);
@ -2399,12 +2399,12 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotCategoryNew(const TQString& name, TQString& id)
id = account.id();
}
void KMyMoney2App::slotCategoryNew(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
void KMyMoney2App::slotCategoryNew(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& parent)
{
if(KMessageBox::questionYesNo(this,
TQString("<qt>%1</qt>").tqarg(i18n("The category <b>%1</b> currently does not exist. Do you want to create it?<p><i>The tqparent account will default to <b>%2</b> but can be changed in the following dialog</i>.").tqarg(account.name()).tqarg(tqparent.name())), i18n("Create category"),
TQString("<qt>%1</qt>").tqarg(i18n("The category <b>%1</b> currently does not exist. Do you want to create it?<p><i>The parent account will default to <b>%2</b> but can be changed in the following dialog</i>.").tqarg(account.name()).tqarg(parent.name())), i18n("Create category"),
KStdGuiItem::yes(), KStdGuiItem::no(), "CreateNewCategories") == KMessageBox::Yes) {
createCategory(account, tqparent);
createCategory(account, parent);
} else {
// we should not keep the 'no' setting because that can confuse people like
// I have seen in some usability tests. So we just delete it right away.
@ -2418,30 +2418,30 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotCategoryNew(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount
void KMyMoney2App::slotCategoryNew(void)
{
MyMoneyAccount tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount parent;
MyMoneyAccount account;
// Preselect the tqparent account by looking at the current selected account/category
// Preselect the parent account by looking at the current selected account/category
if(!m_selectedAccount.id().isEmpty() && m_selectedAccount.isIncomeExpense()) {
MyMoneyFile* file = MyMoneyFile::instance();
try {
tqparent = file->account(m_selectedAccount.id());
parent = file->account(m_selectedAccount.id());
} catch(MyMoneyException *e) {
delete e;
}
}
createCategory(account, tqparent);
createCategory(account, parent);
}
void KMyMoney2App::createCategory(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
void KMyMoney2App::createCategory(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& parent)
{
if(!tqparent.id().isEmpty()) {
if(!parent.id().isEmpty()) {
try {
// make sure tqparent account exists
MyMoneyFile::instance()->account(tqparent.id());
account.setParentAccountId(tqparent.id());
account.setAccountType( tqparent.accountType() );
// make sure parent account exists
MyMoneyFile::instance()->account(parent.id());
account.setParentAccountId(parent.id());
account.setAccountType( parent.accountType() );
} catch(MyMoneyException *e) {
delete e;
}
@ -2483,8 +2483,8 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotAccountNew(MyMoneyAccount& account)
MyMoneyFile* file = MyMoneyFile::instance();
try {
// create the account
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = wizard->parentAccount();
file->addAccount(acc, tqparent);
MyMoneyAccount parent = wizard->parentAccount();
file->addAccount(acc, parent);
// tell the wizard about the account id which it
// needs to create a possible schedule and transactions
@ -2506,7 +2506,7 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotAccountNew(MyMoneyAccount& account)
// create a brokerage account if selected
MyMoneyAccount brokerageAccount = wizard->brokerageAccount();
if(!(brokerageAccount == MyMoneyAccount())) {
file->addAccount(brokerageAccount, tqparent);
file->addAccount(brokerageAccount, parent);
}
// create a possible schedule
@ -2530,17 +2530,17 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotAccountNew(MyMoneyAccount& account)
delete wizard;
}
void KMyMoney2App::slotInvestmentNew(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
void KMyMoney2App::slotInvestmentNew(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& parent)
{
TQString dontShowAgain = "CreateNewInvestments";
if(KMessageBox::questionYesNo(this,
TQString("<qt>")+i18n("The security <b>%1</b> currently does not exist as sub-account of <b>%2</b>. "
"Do you want to create it?").tqarg(account.name()).tqarg(tqparent.name())+TQString("</qt>"), i18n("Create security"),
"Do you want to create it?").tqarg(account.name()).tqarg(parent.name())+TQString("</qt>"), i18n("Create security"),
KStdGuiItem::yes(), KStdGuiItem::no(), dontShowAgain) == KMessageBox::Yes) {
KNewInvestmentWizard dlg;
dlg.setName(account.name());
if(dlg.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted) {
dlg.createObjects(tqparent.id());
dlg.createObjects(parent.id());
account = dlg.account();
}
} else {
@ -2847,7 +2847,7 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotAccountDelete(void)
// delete them all, but just the category itself?
MyMoneyAccount parentAccount = file->account(m_selectedAccount.parentAccountId());
TQStringList accountsToRetqparent;
TQStringList accountsToReparent;
int result = KMessageBox::questionYesNoCancel(this, TQString("<qt>")+
i18n("Do you want to delete category <b>%1</b> with all its sub-categories or only "
"the category itself? If you only delete the category itself, all its sub-categories "
@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotAccountDelete(void)
bool need_confirmation = false;
// case C - User only wants to delete the category itself
if (result == KMessageBox::No)
accountsToRetqparent = m_selectedAccount.accountList();
accountsToReparent = m_selectedAccount.accountList();
else {
// case D - User wants to delete all subcategories, now check all subcats of
// m_selectedAccount and remember all that cannot be deleted and
@ -2871,19 +2871,19 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotAccountDelete(void)
{
// reparent account if a transaction is assigned
if (file->transactionCount(*it)!=0)
accountsToRetqparent.push_back(*it);
accountsToReparent.push_back(*it);
else if (!file->account(*it).accountList().isEmpty()) {
// or if we have at least one sub-account that is used for transactions
if (!file->hasOnlyUnusedAccounts(file->account(*it).accountList())) {
accountsToRetqparent.push_back(*it);
accountsToReparent.push_back(*it);
//kdDebug() << "subaccount not empty" << endl;
}
}
}
if (!accountsToRetqparent.isEmpty())
if (!accountsToReparent.isEmpty())
need_confirmation = true;
}
if (!accountsToRetqparent.isEmpty() && need_confirmation) {
if (!accountsToReparent.isEmpty() && need_confirmation) {
if (KMessageBox::questionYesNo(this, TQString("<p>")+i18n("Some sub-categories of category <b>%1</b> cannot "
"be deleted, because they are still used. They will be made sub-categories of <b>%2</b>. Proceed?").tqarg(m_selectedAccount.name()).tqarg(parentAccount.name())) != KMessageBox::Yes) {
return; // user gets wet feet...
@ -2891,10 +2891,10 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotAccountDelete(void)
}
// all good, now first reparent selected sub-categories
try {
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = file->account(m_selectedAccount.parentAccountId());
for (TQStringList::const_iterator it = accountsToRetqparent.begin(); it != accountsToRetqparent.end(); ++it) {
MyMoneyAccount parent = file->account(m_selectedAccount.parentAccountId());
for (TQStringList::const_iterator it = accountsToReparent.begin(); it != accountsToReparent.end(); ++it) {
MyMoneyAccount child = file->account(*it);
file->reparentAccount(child, tqparent);
file->reparentAccount(child, parent);
}
// reload the account because the sub-account list might have changed
m_selectedAccount = file->account(m_selectedAccount.id());
@ -2998,7 +2998,7 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotAccountEdit(void)
MyMoneyFileTransaction ft;
MyMoneyAccount account = dlg.account();
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = dlg.parentAccount();
MyMoneyAccount parent = dlg.parentAccount();
if(it_plugin != m_onlinePlugins.end()) {
account.setOnlineBankingSettings((*it_plugin)->onlineBankingSettings(account.onlineBankingSettings()));
}
@ -3009,8 +3009,8 @@ void KMyMoney2App::slotAccountEdit(void)
// we need to modify first, as reparent would override all other changes
file->modifyAccount(account);
if(account.parentAccountId() != tqparent.id()) {
file->reparentAccount(account, tqparent);
if(account.parentAccountId() != parent.id()) {
file->reparentAccount(account, parent);
}
if(!tid.isEmpty() && dlg.openingBalance().isZero()) {
file->removeTransaction(t);

@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ protected slots:
/**
* Brings up the new category editor and saves the information.
* The dialog will be preset with the name. The tqparent defaults to
* The dialog will be preset with the name. The parent defaults to
* MyMoneyFile::expense()
*
* @param name Name of the account to be created. Could include a full hierarchy
@ -253,9 +253,9 @@ protected slots:
void slotInvestmentNew(void);
/**
* Create a new investment in a given @p tqparent investment account
* Create a new investment in a given @p parent investment account
*/
void slotInvestmentNew(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void slotInvestmentNew(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& parent);
/**
* This slot opens the investment editor to edit the currently
@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ public:
/**
* construtor of KMyMoney2App, calls all init functions to create the application.
*/
KMyMoney2App(TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
KMyMoney2App(TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
/**
* Destructor
@ -517,10 +517,10 @@ public:
/**
* This method opens the category editor with the data found in @a account. The
* tqparent account is preset to @a tqparent but can be modified. If the user
* parent account is preset to @a parent but can be modified. If the user
* acknowledges, the category is created.
*/
void createCategory(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void createCategory(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& parent);
/**
* This method returns the account for a given @a key - @a value pair.
@ -535,9 +535,9 @@ public:
*/
void setAccountOnlineParameters(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyKeyValueContainer& kvps);
KURL selectFile(const TQString& title, const TQString& path, const TQString& tqmask, KFile::Mode mode);
KURL selectFile(const TQString& title, const TQString& path, const TQString& mask, KFile::Mode mode);
const MyMoneyAccount& findAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent) const;
const MyMoneyAccount& findAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& parent) const;
void createAccount(MyMoneyAccount& newAccount, MyMoneyAccount& parentAccount, MyMoneyAccount& brokerageAccount, MyMoneyMoney openingBal);
@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ public slots:
* This slot reparents account @p src to be a child of account @p dest
*
* @param src account to be reparented
* @param dest new tqparent
* @param dest new parent
*/
void slotReparentAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& src, const MyMoneyAccount& dest);
@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ public slots:
* This slot reparents account @p src to be a held at institution @p dest
*
* @param src account to be reparented
* @param dest new tqparent institution
* @param dest new parent institution
*/
void slotReparentAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& src, const MyMoneyInstitution& dest);
@ -990,15 +990,15 @@ public slots:
/**
* Brings up the new category editor and saves the information.
* The dialog will be preset with the name and tqparent account.
* The dialog will be preset with the name and parent account.
*
* @param account reference of category to be created. The @p name member
* should be filled by the caller. The object will be filled
* with additional information during the creation process
* esp. the @p id member.
* @param tqparent reference to tqparent account (defaults to none)
* @param parent reference to parent account (defaults to none)
*/
void slotCategoryNew(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent = MyMoneyAccount());
void slotCategoryNew(MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyAccount& parent = MyMoneyAccount());
/**
* This method updates all KAction items to the current state.

@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ TQString KMyMoneyUtils::findResource(const char* type, const TQString& filename)
{
TQString language = KGlobal::locale()->language();
TQString country = KGlobal::locale()->country();
TQString rc, tqmask;
TQString rc, mask;
// check that the placeholder is present
if(!filename.find("%1")) {
@ -286,15 +286,15 @@ TQString KMyMoneyUtils::findResource(const char* type, const TQString& filename)
}
// search the given resource
tqmask = filename.tqarg("_%1.%2");
rc = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource(type, tqmask.tqarg(country).tqarg(language));
mask = filename.tqarg("_%1.%2");
rc = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource(type, mask.tqarg(country).tqarg(language));
if(rc.isEmpty()) {
tqmask = filename.tqarg("_%1");
rc = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource(type, tqmask.tqarg(language));
mask = filename.tqarg("_%1");
rc = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource(type, mask.tqarg(language));
}
if(rc.isEmpty()) {
// qDebug(TQString("html/home_%1.html not found").tqarg(country).latin1());
rc = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource(type, tqmask.tqarg(country));
rc = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource(type, mask.tqarg(country));
}
if(rc.isEmpty()) {
rc = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource(type, filename.tqarg(""));

@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ class KMyMoneyUtils
{
public:
/**
* This enum is used to describe the bits of an account type filter tqmask.
* This enum is used to describe the bits of an account type filter mask.
* Each bit is used to define a specific account class. Multiple classes
* can be specified by OR'ing multiple entries. The special entry @p last
* marks the left most bit in the tqmask and is used by scanners of this
* bittqmask to determine the end of processing.
* marks the left most bit in the mask and is used by scanners of this
* bitmask to determine the end of processing.
*/
enum categoryTypeE {
none = 0x00, ///< no account class selected
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ public:
expense = 0x04, ///< expense accounts selected
income = 0x08, ///< income accounts selected
equity = 0x10, ///< equity accounts selected
last = 0x20 ///< the leftmost bit in the tqmask
last = 0x20 ///< the leftmost bit in the mask
};
enum transactionTypeE {

@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ MyMoneyAccount::MyMoneyAccount(const TQDomElement& node) :
setDescription(node.attribute("description"));
m_id = TQStringEmpty(node.attribute("id"));
// qDebug("Account %s has id of %s, type of %d, tqparent is %s.", acc.name().data(), id.data(), type, acc.parentAccountId().data());
// qDebug("Account %s has id of %s, type of %d, parent is %s.", acc.name().data(), id.data(), type, acc.parentAccountId().data());
// Process any Sub-Account information found inside the account entry.
m_accountList.clear();
@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ void MyMoneyAccount::setLastReconciliationDate(const TQDate& date)
m_lastReconciliationDate = date;
}
void MyMoneyAccount::setParentAccountId(const TQString& tqparent)
void MyMoneyAccount::setParentAccountId(const TQString& parent)
{
m_parentAccount = tqparent;
m_parentAccount = parent;
}
void MyMoneyAccount::setAccountType(const accountTypeE type)
@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ int MyMoneyAccountLoan::interestCompounding(void) const
return value("compoundingFrequency").toInt();
}
void MyMoneyAccount::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const
void MyMoneyAccount::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const
{
TQDomElement el = document.createElement("ACCOUNT");
@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ void MyMoneyAccount::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) c
//Add in Key-Value Pairs for accounts.
MyMoneyKeyValueContainer::writeXML(document, el);
tqparent.appendChild(el);
parent.appendChild(el);
}
bool MyMoneyAccount::hasReferenceTo(const TQString& id) const

@ -233,8 +233,8 @@ public:
const TQDate& lastModified(void) const { return m_lastModified; }
/**
* This method is used to return the ID of the tqparent account
* @return TQString with the ID of the tqparent of this account
* This method is used to return the ID of the parent account
* @return TQString with the ID of the parent of this account
*/
const TQString& parentAccountId(void) const { return m_parentAccount; };
@ -334,10 +334,10 @@ public:
void setAccountType(const accountTypeE type);
/**
* This method is used to set a new tqparent account id
* @param tqparent TQString reference to new tqparent account
* This method is used to set a new parent account id
* @param parent TQString reference to new parent account
*/
void setParentAccountId(const TQString& tqparent);
void setParentAccountId(const TQString& parent);
/**
* This method is used to update m_lastModified to the current date
@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ public:
*/
void setCurrencyId(const TQString& id);
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const;
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const;
/**
* This method checks if a reference to the given object exists. It returns,
@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ private:
TQStringList m_accountList;
/**
* This member contains the ID of the tqparent account
* This member contains the ID of the parent account
*/
TQString m_parentAccount;

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ void MyMoneyAccountTest::testEmptyConstructor() {
void MyMoneyAccountTest::testConstructor() {
TQString id = "A000001";
TQString institutionid = "B000001";
TQString tqparent = "Parent";
TQString parent = "Parent";
MyMoneyAccount r;
MyMoneySplit s;
r.setAccountType(MyMoneyAccount::Asset);
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ void MyMoneyAccountTest::testConstructor() {
r.setLastModified(TQDate::tqcurrentDate());
r.setDescription("Desc");
r.setNumber("465500");
r.setParentAccountId(tqparent);
r.setParentAccountId(parent);
r.setValue(TQString("key"), "value");
s.setShares(MyMoneyMoney(1,1));
r.adjustBalance(s);
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ void MyMoneyAccountTest::testSetFunctions() {
void MyMoneyAccountTest::testCopyConstructor() {
TQString id = "A000001";
TQString institutionid = "B000001";
TQString tqparent = "ParentAccount";
TQString parent = "ParentAccount";
MyMoneyAccount r;
r.setAccountType(MyMoneyAccount::Expense);
r.setOpeningDate(TQDate::tqcurrentDate());
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ void MyMoneyAccountTest::testCopyConstructor() {
r.setInstitutionId("Inst1");
r.setDescription("Desc1");
r.setNumber("Number");
r.setParentAccountId(tqparent);
r.setParentAccountId(parent);
r.setValue("Key", "Value");
MyMoneyAccount a(id, r);
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ void MyMoneyAccountTest::testEquality()
void MyMoneyAccountTest::testWriteXML() {
TQString id = "A000001";
TQString institutionid = "B000001";
TQString tqparent = "Parent";
TQString parent = "Parent";
MyMoneyAccount r;
r.setAccountType(MyMoneyAccount::Asset);
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ void MyMoneyAccountTest::testWriteXML() {
r.setDescription("Desc");
r.setName("AccountName");
r.setNumber("465500");
r.setParentAccountId(tqparent);
r.setParentAccountId(parent);
r.setInstitutionId(institutionid);
r.setValue(TQString("key"), "value");
r.addAccountId("A000002");

@ -289,11 +289,11 @@ bool MyMoneyBudget::read(const TQDomElement& e)
return result;
}
void MyMoneyBudget::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const
void MyMoneyBudget::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const
{
TQDomElement el = document.createElement("BUDGET");
write(el,&document);
tqparent.appendChild(el);
parent.appendChild(el);
}
bool MyMoneyBudget::hasReferenceTo(const TQString& id) const

@ -220,13 +220,13 @@ public:
/**
* This method creates a TQDomElement for the @p document
* under the tqparent node @p tqparent. (This version overwrites the
* under the parent node @p parent. (This version overwrites the
* MMObject base class.)
*
* @param document reference to TQDomDocument
* @param tqparent reference to TQDomElement tqparent node
* @param parent reference to TQDomElement parent node
*/
virtual void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const;
virtual void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const;
/**
* This method checks if a reference to the given object exists. It returns,

@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ void MyMoneyFile::addInstitution(MyMoneyInstitution& institution)
{
// perform some checks to see that the institution stuff is OK. For
// now we assume that the institution must have a name, the ID is not set
// and it does not have a tqparent (MyMoneyFile).
// and it does not have a parent (MyMoneyFile).
if(institution.name().length() == 0
|| institution.id().length() != 0)
@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ void MyMoneyFile::modifyAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& _account)
addNotification(account.id());
}
void MyMoneyFile::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
void MyMoneyFile::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& parent)
{
checkTransaction(__PRETTY_FUNCTION__);
@ -326,27 +326,27 @@ void MyMoneyFile::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& tqpar
if(isStandardAccount(account.id()))
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Unable to reparent the standard account groups");
if(account.accountGroup() == tqparent.accountGroup()
|| (account.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Income && tqparent.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Expense)
|| (account.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Expense && tqparent.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Income)) {
if(account.accountGroup() == parent.accountGroup()
|| (account.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Income && parent.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Expense)
|| (account.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Expense && parent.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Income)) {
if(account.isInvest() && tqparent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
if(account.isInvest() && parent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Unable to reparent Stock to non-investment account");
if(tqparent.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Investment && !account.isInvest())
if(parent.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Investment && !account.isInvest())
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Unable to reparent non-stock to investment account");
// clear all changed objects from cache
MyMoneyNotifier notifier(this);
// keep a notification of the current tqparent
// keep a notification of the current parent
addNotification(account.parentAccountId());
m_storage->reparentAccount(account, tqparent);
m_storage->reparentAccount(account, parent);
// and also keep one for the account itself and the new tqparent
// and also keep one for the account itself and the new parent
addNotification(account.id());
addNotification(tqparent.id());
addNotification(parent.id());
} else
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Unable to reparent to different account type");
@ -429,14 +429,14 @@ void MyMoneyFile::removeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
{
checkTransaction(__PRETTY_FUNCTION__);
MyMoneyAccount tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount parent;
MyMoneyAccount acc;
MyMoneyInstitution institution;
// check that the account and its tqparent exist
// check that the account and its parent exist
// this will throw an exception if the id is unknown
acc = MyMoneyFile::account(account.id());
tqparent = MyMoneyFile::account(account.parentAccountId());
parent = MyMoneyFile::account(account.parentAccountId());
if(!acc.institutionId().isEmpty())
institution = MyMoneyFile::institution(acc.institutionId());
@ -455,8 +455,8 @@ void MyMoneyFile::removeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
TQStringList::ConstIterator it;
for(it = acc.accountList().begin(); it != acc.accountList().end(); ++it)
addNotification(*it);
// don't forget the tqparent and a possible institution
addNotification(tqparent.id());
// don't forget the parent and a possible institution
addNotification(parent.id());
addNotification(account.institutionId());
if(!institution.id().isEmpty()) {
@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ void MyMoneyFile::removeInstitution(const MyMoneyInstitution& institution)
addNotification(institution.id(), false);
}
void MyMoneyFile::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
void MyMoneyFile::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& account, MyMoneyAccount& parent)
{
checkTransaction(__PRETTY_FUNCTION__);
@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ void MyMoneyFile::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
// perform some checks to see that the account stuff is OK. For
// now we assume that the account must have a name, has no
// transaction and sub-accounts and tqparent account
// transaction and sub-accounts and parent account
// it's own ID is not set and it does not have a pointer to (MyMoneyFile)
if(account.name().length() == 0)
@ -563,15 +563,15 @@ void MyMoneyFile::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("New account must have no sub-accounts");
if(!account.parentAccountId().isEmpty())
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("New account must have no tqparent-id");
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("New account must have no parent-id");
if(account.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::UnknownAccountType)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Account has invalid type");
// make sure, that the tqparent account exists
// make sure, that the parent account exists
// if not, an exception is thrown. If it exists,
// get a copy of the current data
MyMoneyAccount acc = MyMoneyFile::account(tqparent.id());
MyMoneyAccount acc = MyMoneyFile::account(parent.id());
#if 0
// TODO: remove the following code as we now can have multiple accounts
@ -589,22 +589,22 @@ void MyMoneyFile::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
}
#endif
// FIXME: make sure, that the tqparent has the same type
// FIXME: make sure, that the parent has the same type
// I left it out here because I don't know, if there is
// a tight coupling between e.g. checking accounts and the
// class asset. It certainly does not make sense to create an
// expense account under an income account. Maybe it does, I don't know.
// We enforce, that a stock account can never be a tqparent and
// that the tqparent for a stock account must be an investment. Also,
// an investment cannot have another investment account as it's tqparent
if(tqparent.isInvest())
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Stock account cannot be tqparent account");
// We enforce, that a stock account can never be a parent and
// that the parent for a stock account must be an investment. Also,
// an investment cannot have another investment account as it's parent
if(parent.isInvest())
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Stock account cannot be parent account");
if(account.isInvest() && tqparent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Stock account must have investment account as tqparent ");
if(account.isInvest() && parent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Stock account must have investment account as parent ");
if(!account.isInvest() && tqparent.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
if(!account.isInvest() && parent.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Investment account can only have stock accounts as tqchildren");
// clear all changed objects from cache
@ -622,10 +622,10 @@ void MyMoneyFile::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
account.setOpeningDate(TQDate::tqcurrentDate());
}
account.setParentAccountId(tqparent.id());
account.setParentAccountId(parent.id());
m_storage->addAccount(account);
m_storage->addAccount(tqparent, account);
m_storage->addAccount(parent, account);
if(account.institutionId().length() != 0) {
institution.addAccountId(account.id());
@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ void MyMoneyFile::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
}
d->m_cache.preloadAccount(account);
addNotification(tqparent.id());
addNotification(parent.id());
}
MyMoneyTransaction MyMoneyFile::createOpeningBalanceTransaction(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyMoney& balance)
@ -793,8 +793,8 @@ const MyMoneyAccount MyMoneyFile::createOpeningBalanceAccount(const MyMoneySecur
acc.setAccountType(MyMoneyAccount::Equity);
acc.setCurrencyId(security.id());
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = equity();
this->addAccount(acc, tqparent);
MyMoneyAccount parent = equity();
this->addAccount(acc, parent);
return acc;
}
@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ const TQStringList MyMoneyFile::consistencyCheck(void)
TQMap<TQString, bool> interestAccounts;
MyMoneyAccount tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount parent;
MyMoneyAccount child;
MyMoneyAccount toplevel;
@ -1408,14 +1408,14 @@ const TQStringList MyMoneyFile::consistencyCheck(void)
try {
bool dropOut = false;
while(!isStandardAccount(parentId) && !dropOut) {
tqparent = account(parentId);
if(tqparent.id() == (*it_a).id()) {
// tqparent loops, so we need to re-tqparent to toplevel account
// find tqparent account in our list
parent = account(parentId);
if(parent.id() == (*it_a).id()) {
// parent loops, so we need to re-parent to toplevel account
// find parent account in our list
problemCount++;
TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount>::Iterator it_b;
for(it_b = list.begin(); it_b != list.end(); ++it_b) {
if((*it_b).id() == tqparent.id()) {
if((*it_b).id() == parent.id()) {
if(problemAccount != (*it_a).name()) {
problemAccount = (*it_a).name();
rc << i18n("* Problem with account '%1'").tqarg(problemAccount);
@ -1432,51 +1432,51 @@ const TQStringList MyMoneyFile::consistencyCheck(void)
}
}
}
parentId = tqparent.parentAccountId();
parentId = parent.parentAccountId();
}
} catch(MyMoneyException *e) {
// if we don't know about a tqparent, we catch it later
// if we don't know about a parent, we catch it later
delete e;
}
// check that the tqparent exists
// check that the parent exists
parentId = (*it_a).parentAccountId();
try {
tqparent = account(parentId);
if((*it_a).accountGroup() != tqparent.accountGroup()) {
parent = account(parentId);
if((*it_a).accountGroup() != parent.accountGroup()) {
problemCount++;
if(problemAccount != (*it_a).name()) {
problemAccount = (*it_a).name();
rc << i18n("* Problem with account '%1'").tqarg(problemAccount);
}
// the tqparent belongs to a different group, so we reconnect to the
// the parent belongs to a different group, so we reconnect to the
// master group account (asset, liability, etc) to which this account
// should belong and update it in the engine.
rc << i18n(" * Parent account '%1' belongs to a different group.").tqarg(tqparent.name());
rc << i18n(" New tqparent account is the top level account '%1'.").tqarg(toplevel.name());
rc << i18n(" * Parent account '%1' belongs to a different group.").tqarg(parent.name());
rc << i18n(" New parent account is the top level account '%1'.").tqarg(toplevel.name());
(*it_a).setParentAccountId(toplevel.id());
// make sure to rebuild the sub-accounts of the top account
// and the one we removed this account from
if(accountRebuild.contains(toplevel.id()) == 0)
accountRebuild << toplevel.id();
if(accountRebuild.contains(tqparent.id()) == 0)
accountRebuild << tqparent.id();
} else if(!tqparent.accountList().contains((*it_a).id())) {
if(accountRebuild.contains(parent.id()) == 0)
accountRebuild << parent.id();
} else if(!parent.accountList().contains((*it_a).id())) {
problemCount++;
if(problemAccount != (*it_a).name()) {
problemAccount = (*it_a).name();
rc << i18n("* Problem with account '%1'").tqarg(problemAccount);
}
// tqparent exists, but does not have a reference to the account
rc << i18n(" * Parent account '%1' does not contain '%2' as sub-account.").tqarg(tqparent.name(), problemAccount);
if(accountRebuild.contains(tqparent.id()) == 0)
accountRebuild << tqparent.id();
// parent exists, but does not have a reference to the account
rc << i18n(" * Parent account '%1' does not contain '%2' as sub-account.").tqarg(parent.name(), problemAccount);
if(accountRebuild.contains(parent.id()) == 0)
accountRebuild << parent.id();
}
} catch(MyMoneyException *e) {
delete e;
// apparently, the tqparent does not exist anymore. we reconnect to the
// apparently, the parent does not exist anymore. we reconnect to the
// master group account (asset, liability, etc) to which this account
// should belong and update it in the engine.
problemCount++;
@ -1484,8 +1484,8 @@ const TQStringList MyMoneyFile::consistencyCheck(void)
problemAccount = (*it_a).name();
rc << i18n("* Problem with account '%1'").tqarg(problemAccount);
}
rc << i18n(" * The tqparent with id %1 does not exist anymore.").tqarg(parentId);
rc << i18n(" New tqparent account is the top level account '%1'.").tqarg(toplevel.name());
rc << i18n(" * The parent with id %1 does not exist anymore.").tqarg(parentId);
rc << i18n(" New parent account is the top level account '%1'.").tqarg(toplevel.name());
(*it_a).setParentAccountId(toplevel.id());
addNotification((*it_a).id());
@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ TQString MyMoneyFile::createCategory(const MyMoneyAccount& base, const TQString&
{
checkTransaction(__PRETTY_FUNCTION__);
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = base;
MyMoneyAccount parent = base;
TQString categoryText;
if(base.id() != expense().id() && base.id() != income().id())
@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ TQString MyMoneyFile::createCategory(const MyMoneyAccount& base, const TQString&
{
TQString categoryId = categoryToAccount(categoryText);
if (categoryId.isEmpty())
addAccount(categoryAccount, tqparent);
addAccount(categoryAccount, parent);
else
{
categoryAccount = account(categoryId);
@ -1812,13 +1812,13 @@ TQString MyMoneyFile::createCategory(const MyMoneyAccount& base, const TQString&
{
qDebug("Unable to add account %s, %s, %s: %s",
categoryAccount.name().latin1(),
tqparent.name().latin1(),
parent.name().latin1(),
categoryText.latin1(),
e->what().latin1());
delete e;
}
tqparent = categoryAccount;
parent = categoryAccount;
}
return categoryToAccount(name);

@ -402,15 +402,15 @@ public:
* b) the account must not have an id assigned
* c) the transaction list must be empty
* d) the account must not have any sub-ordinate accounts
* e) the account must have no tqparent account
* e) the account must have no parent account
* f) the account must not have any reference to a MyMoneyFile object
*
* An exception will be thrown upon error conditions.
*
* @param account The complete account information in a MyMoneyAccount object
* @param tqparent The complete account information of the tqparent account
* @param parent The complete account information of the parent account
*/
void addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& account, MyMoneyAccount& parent);
/**
* Modifies an already existing account in the file global account pool.
@ -427,9 +427,9 @@ public:
* An exception will be thrown upon error conditions.
*
* @param account MyMoneyAccount reference to account to be re-parented
* @param tqparent MyMoneyAccount reference to new tqparent account
* @param parent MyMoneyAccount reference to new parent account
*/
void reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& parent);
/**
* moves splits from one account to another
@ -772,11 +772,11 @@ public:
TQString nameToAccount(const TQString& name) const;
/**
* This method is used to extract the tqparent part of an account hierarchy
* This method is used to extract the parent part of an account hierarchy
* name who's parts are seperated by MyMoneyAccount::AccountSeperator.
*
* @param name full account name
* @return tqparent name (full account name excluding the last part)
* @return parent name (full account name excluding the last part)
*/
TQString parentName(const TQString& name) const;
@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ public:
* already exist. e.g if name = Bills:Credit Card and
* base = expense(), Bills will first be checked to see if
* it exists and created if not. Credit Card will then
* be created with Bills as it's tqparent. The Credit Card account
* be created with Bills as it's parent. The Credit Card account
* will have it's id returned.
*
* @param base The base account (expense or income)

@ -380,8 +380,8 @@ void MyMoneyFileTest::testAddAccounts() {
MyMoneyFileTransaction ft;
try {
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(a, tqparent);
MyMoneyAccount parent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(a, parent);
ft.commit();
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->accountCount() == 6);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(a.parentAccountId() == "AStd::Asset");
@ -403,8 +403,8 @@ void MyMoneyFileTest::testAddAccounts() {
// try to add this account again, should not work
ft.restart();
try {
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(a, tqparent);
MyMoneyAccount parent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(a, parent);
CPPUNIT_FAIL("Expecting exception!");
} catch(MyMoneyException *e) {
ft.commit();
@ -434,8 +434,8 @@ void MyMoneyFileTest::testAddAccounts() {
b.setInstitutionId(institution.id());
ft.restart();
try {
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(b, tqparent);
MyMoneyAccount parent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(b, parent);
ft.commit();
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->dirty() == true);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(b.id() == "A000002");
@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ void MyMoneyFileTest::testRemoveAccountTree() {
delete e;
}
// make sure that tqchildren are re-parented to tqparent account
// make sure that tqchildren are re-parented to parent account
try {
a = m->account("A000001");
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(a.parentAccountId() == m->asset().id());
@ -690,9 +690,9 @@ void MyMoneyFileTest::testAddTransaction () {
MyMoneyFileTransaction ft;
try {
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = m->expense();
m->addAccount(exp1, tqparent);
m->addAccount(exp2, tqparent);
MyMoneyAccount parent = m->expense();
m->addAccount(exp1, parent);
m->addAccount(exp2, parent);
ft.commit();
} catch(MyMoneyException *e) {
delete e;
@ -1281,8 +1281,8 @@ void MyMoneyFileTest::testAddEquityAccount() {
MyMoneyFileTransaction ft;
try {
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(i, tqparent);
MyMoneyAccount parent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(i, parent);
ft.commit();
} catch(MyMoneyException *e) {
unexpectedException(e);
@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ void MyMoneyFileTest::testAddEquityAccount() {
void MyMoneyFileTest::testReparentEquity() {
testAddEquityAccount();
testAddEquityAccount();
MyMoneyAccount tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount parent;
// check the bad cases
TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE> list;
@ -1349,25 +1349,25 @@ void MyMoneyFileTest::testReparentEquity() {
list << MyMoneyAccount::Asset;
list << MyMoneyAccount::AssetLoan;
list << MyMoneyAccount::Currency;
tqparent = m->asset();
testReparentEquity(list, tqparent);
parent = m->asset();
testReparentEquity(list, parent);
list.clear();
list << MyMoneyAccount::CreditCard;
list << MyMoneyAccount::Loan;
list << MyMoneyAccount::Liability;
tqparent = m->liability();
testReparentEquity(list, tqparent);
parent = m->liability();
testReparentEquity(list, parent);
list.clear();
list << MyMoneyAccount::Income;
tqparent = m->income();
testReparentEquity(list, tqparent);
parent = m->income();
testReparentEquity(list, parent);
list.clear();
list << MyMoneyAccount::Expense;
tqparent = m->expense();
testReparentEquity(list, tqparent);
parent = m->expense();
testReparentEquity(list, parent);
// now check the good case
MyMoneyAccount stock = m->account("A000002");
@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ void MyMoneyFileTest::testReparentEquity() {
}
}
void MyMoneyFileTest::testReparentEquity(TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE>& list, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
void MyMoneyFileTest::testReparentEquity(TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE>& list, MyMoneyAccount& parent)
{
MyMoneyAccount a;
MyMoneyAccount stock = m->account("A000002");
@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ void MyMoneyFileTest::testReparentEquity(TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount::accountType
a.setName(TQString("Testaccount %1").tqarg(*it));
a.setAccountType(*it);
try {
m->addAccount(a, tqparent);
m->addAccount(a, parent);
char msg[100];
m->reparentAccount(stock, a);
sprintf(msg, "Can reparent stock to non-investment type %d account", *it);

@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ public:
void testHasAccount();
void testAddEquityAccount();
void testReparentEquity();
void testReparentEquity(TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE>& list, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void testReparentEquity(TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE>& list, MyMoneyAccount& parent);
void testBaseCurrency();
void testOpeningBalanceNoBase();
void testOpeningBalance();

@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::MyMoneyFinancialCalculator()
setPmt(0.0);
setFv(0.0);
// clear the tqmask
m_tqmask = 0;
// clear the mask
m_mask = 0;
}
MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::~MyMoneyFinancialCalculator()
@ -122,38 +122,38 @@ void MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::setDisc(const bool disc)
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::setIr(const FCALC_DOUBLE ir)
{
m_ir = ir;
m_tqmask |= IR_SET;
m_mask |= IR_SET;
}
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::setPv(const FCALC_DOUBLE pv)
{
m_pv = pv;
m_tqmask |= PV_SET;
m_mask |= PV_SET;
}
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::setPmt(const FCALC_DOUBLE pmt)
{
m_pmt = pmt;
m_tqmask |= PMT_SET;
m_mask |= PMT_SET;
}
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::setNpp(const FCALC_DOUBLE npp)
{
m_npp = npp;
m_tqmask |= NPP_SET;
m_mask |= NPP_SET;
}
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::setFv(const FCALC_DOUBLE fv)
{
m_fv = fv;
m_tqmask |= FV_SET;
m_mask |= FV_SET;
}
FCALC_DOUBLE MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::numPayments(void)
{
const unsigned short tqmask = PV_SET | IR_SET | PMT_SET | FV_SET;
const unsigned short mask = PV_SET | IR_SET | PMT_SET | FV_SET;
if((m_tqmask & tqmask) != tqmask)
if((m_mask & mask) != mask)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Not all parameters set for calculation of numPayments");
FCALC_DOUBLE eint = eff_int();
@ -162,15 +162,15 @@ FCALC_DOUBLE MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::numPayments(void)
CC = (CC - m_fv) / (CC + m_pv);
m_npp = (CC > 0.0) ? logl (CC) / logl (eint +1.0) : 0.0;
m_tqmask |= NPP_SET;
m_mask |= NPP_SET;
return m_npp;
}
FCALC_DOUBLE MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::payment(void)
{
const unsigned short tqmask = PV_SET | IR_SET | NPP_SET | FV_SET;
const unsigned short mask = PV_SET | IR_SET | NPP_SET | FV_SET;
if((m_tqmask & tqmask) != tqmask)
if((m_mask & mask) != mask)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Not all parameters set for calculation of payment");
FCALC_DOUBLE eint = eff_int();
@ -180,15 +180,15 @@ FCALC_DOUBLE MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::payment(void)
m_pmt = -rnd((m_fv + m_pv * (AA + 1.0)) / (AA * BB));
//m_pmt = -floorl((m_fv + m_pv * (AA + 1.0)) / (AA * BB));
m_tqmask |= PMT_SET;
m_mask |= PMT_SET;
return m_pmt;
}
FCALC_DOUBLE MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::presentValue(void)
{
const unsigned short tqmask = PMT_SET | IR_SET | NPP_SET | FV_SET;
const unsigned short mask = PMT_SET | IR_SET | NPP_SET | FV_SET;
if((m_tqmask & tqmask) != tqmask)
if((m_mask & mask) != mask)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Not all parameters set for calculation of payment");
FCALC_DOUBLE eint = eff_int();
@ -197,15 +197,15 @@ FCALC_DOUBLE MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::presentValue(void)
m_pv = rnd(-(m_fv + (AA * CC)) / (AA + 1.0));
m_tqmask |= PV_SET;
m_mask |= PV_SET;
return m_pv;
}
FCALC_DOUBLE MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::futureValue(void)
{
const unsigned short tqmask = PMT_SET | IR_SET | NPP_SET | PV_SET;
const unsigned short mask = PMT_SET | IR_SET | NPP_SET | PV_SET;
if((m_tqmask & tqmask) != tqmask)
if((m_mask & mask) != mask)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Not all parameters set for calculation of payment");
FCALC_DOUBLE eint = eff_int();
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ FCALC_DOUBLE MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::futureValue(void)
FCALC_DOUBLE CC = _Cx(eint);
m_fv = rnd(-(m_pv + AA * (m_pv + CC)));
m_tqmask |= FV_SET;
m_mask |= FV_SET;
return m_fv;
}
@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ FCALC_DOUBLE MyMoneyFinancialCalculator::interestRate(void)
}
while (ri);
}
m_tqmask |= IR_SET;
m_mask |= IR_SET;
m_ir = rnd(nom_int(eint) * 100.0);
return m_ir;
}

@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ private:
bool m_bep; // beginning/end of period payment flag
bool m_disc; // discrete/continous compounding flag
unsigned short m_tqmask; // available value tqmask
unsigned short m_mask; // available value mask
#define PV_SET 0x0001
#define IR_SET 0x0002
#define PMT_SET 0x0004

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testEmptyConstructor() {
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_prec == 2);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_bep == false);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_disc == true);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_tqmask == 0);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_mask == 0);
}
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testSetPrec() {
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testSetPrec() {
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testSetNpp() {
m->setNpp(20);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_npp == 20);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_tqmask == NPP_SET);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_mask == NPP_SET);
}
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testSetPF() {
@ -86,25 +86,25 @@ void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testSetDisc() {
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testSetIr() {
m->setIr(12.3);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_ir == 12.3);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_tqmask == IR_SET);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_mask == IR_SET);
}
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testSetPv() {
m->setPv(23.4);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_pv == 23.4);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_tqmask == PV_SET);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_mask == PV_SET);
}
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testSetPmt() {
m->setPmt(34.5);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_pmt == 34.5);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_tqmask == PMT_SET);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_mask == PMT_SET);
}
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testSetFv() {
m->setFv(45.6);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_fv == 45.6);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_tqmask == FV_SET);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_mask == FV_SET);
}
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testCombinedSet() {
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testCombinedSet() {
m->setPmt(34.5);
m->setFv(45.6);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_tqmask == (NPP_SET | PV_SET | IR_SET | PMT_SET | FV_SET));
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->m_mask == (NPP_SET | PV_SET | IR_SET | PMT_SET | FV_SET));
}
void MyMoneyFinancialCalculatorTest::testNumPayments() {

@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ bool MyMoneyInstitution::operator == (const MyMoneyInstitution& right) const
return false;
}
void MyMoneyInstitution::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const
void MyMoneyInstitution::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const
{
TQDomElement el = document.createElement("INSTITUTION");
@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ void MyMoneyInstitution::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparen
//Add in Key-Value Pairs for institutions.
MyMoneyKeyValueContainer::writeXML(document, el);
tqparent.appendChild(el);
parent.appendChild(el);
}
bool MyMoneyInstitution::hasReferenceTo(const TQString& /* id */) const

@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public:
bool operator == (const MyMoneyInstitution&) const;
bool operator < (const MyMoneyInstitution& right) const;
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const;
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const;
/**
* This method checks if a reference to the given object exists. It returns,

@ -23,10 +23,10 @@
#include "mymoneyinvesttransaction.h"
#if 0
MyMoneyInvestTransaction::MyMoneyInvestTransaction(MyMoneyAccount *tqparent, const long id, transactionMethod method, const TQString& number, const TQString& memo,
MyMoneyInvestTransaction::MyMoneyInvestTransaction(MyMoneyAccount *parent, const long id, transactionMethod method, const TQString& number, const TQString& memo,
const MyMoneyMoney& amount, const TQDate& date, const TQString& categoryMajor, const TQString& categoryMinor, const TQString& atmName,
const TQString& fromTo, const TQString& bankFrom, const TQString& bankTo, stateE state)
: MyMoneyTransaction(tqparent, id, method, number, memo, amount, date, categoryMajor, categoryMinor, atmName, fromTo, bankFrom, bankTo, state)
: MyMoneyTransaction(parent, id, method, number, memo, amount, date, categoryMajor, categoryMinor, atmName, fromTo, bankFrom, bankTo, state)
{
}

@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
class MyMoneyInvestTransaction : public MyMoneyTransaction {
public:
MyMoneyInvestTransaction();
MyMoneyInvestTransaction(MyMoneyAccount *tqparent, const long id, transactionMethod method, const TQString& number, const TQString& memo,
MyMoneyInvestTransaction(MyMoneyAccount *parent, const long id, transactionMethod method, const TQString& number, const TQString& memo,
const MyMoneyMoney& amount, const TQDate& date, const TQString& categoryMajor, const TQString& categoryMinor, const TQString& atmName,
const TQString& fromTo, const TQString& bankFrom, const TQString& bankTo, stateE state);
~MyMoneyInvestTransaction();

@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ bool MyMoneyKeyValueContainer::operator == (const MyMoneyKeyValueContainer& righ
return (it_a == m_kvp.end() && it_b == right.m_kvp.end());
}
void MyMoneyKeyValueContainer::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const
void MyMoneyKeyValueContainer::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const
{
if(m_kvp.count() != 0) {
TQDomElement el = document.createElement("KEYVALUEPAIRS");
@ -115,6 +115,6 @@ void MyMoneyKeyValueContainer::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& t
el.appendChild(pair);
}
tqparent.appendChild(el);
parent.appendChild(el);
}
}

@ -122,12 +122,12 @@ public:
/**
* This method creates a TQDomElement for the @p document
* under the tqparent node @p tqparent.
* under the parent node @p parent.
*
* @param document reference to TQDomDocument
* @param tqparent reference to TQDomElement tqparent node
* @param parent reference to TQDomElement parent node
*/
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const;
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const;
private:
/**

@ -78,12 +78,12 @@ public:
/**
* This method creates a TQDomElement for the @p document
* under the tqparent node @p tqparent.
* under the parent node @p parent.
*
* @param document reference to TQDomDocument
* @param tqparent reference to TQDomElement tqparent node
* @param parent reference to TQDomElement parent node
*/
virtual void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const = 0;
virtual void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const = 0;
bool operator == (const MyMoneyObject& right) const;

@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ bool MyMoneyPayee::operator == (const MyMoneyPayee& right) const
((m_defaultAccountId.length() == 0 && right.m_defaultAccountId.length() == 0) || m_defaultAccountId == right.m_defaultAccountId) );
}
void MyMoneyPayee::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const
void MyMoneyPayee::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const
{
TQDomElement el = document.createElement("PAYEE");
@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void MyMoneyPayee::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) con
el.appendChild(address);
tqparent.appendChild(el);
parent.appendChild(el);
}
bool MyMoneyPayee::hasReferenceTo(const TQString& id) const

@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ public:
// Equality operator
bool operator == (const MyMoneyPayee &) const;
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const;
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const;
/**
* This method checks if a reference to the given object exists. It returns,

@ -27,20 +27,20 @@ void MyMoneyPayeeTest::tearDown () {
void MyMoneyPayeeTest::testXml(){
TQDomDocument doc;
TQDomElement tqparent = doc.createElement("Test");
doc.appendChild(tqparent);
TQDomElement parent = doc.createElement("Test");
doc.appendChild(parent);
MyMoneyPayee payee1;
payee1.m_id = "some random id";//if the ID isn't set, w ethrow an exception
payee1.writeXML(doc,tqparent);
payee1.writeXML(doc,parent);
TQString temp1 = "Account1";
payee1.setDefaultAccountId(temp1);
payee1.writeXML(doc,tqparent);
payee1.writeXML(doc,parent);
TQString temp2 = "Account2";
payee1.setDefaultAccountId(temp2);
payee1.writeXML(doc,tqparent);
payee1.writeXML(doc,parent);
payee1.setDefaultAccountId();
payee1.writeXML(doc,tqparent);
TQDomElement el = tqparent.firstChild().toElement();
payee1.writeXML(doc,parent);
TQDomElement el = parent.firstChild().toElement();
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(!el.isNull());
MyMoneyPayee payee2(el);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(!payee2.defaultAccountEnabled());

@ -765,11 +765,11 @@ bool MyMoneyReport::read ( const TQDomElement& e )
return result;
}
void MyMoneyReport::writeXML ( TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent ) const
void MyMoneyReport::writeXML ( TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent ) const
{
TQDomElement el = document.createElement ( "REPORT" );
write ( el, &document, false );
tqparent.appendChild ( el );
parent.appendChild ( el );
}
bool MyMoneyReport::hasReferenceTo ( const TQString& id ) const

@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ public:
enum EReportType { eNoReport = 0, ePivotTable, eQueryTable, eInfoTable };
enum EColumnType { eNoColumns = 0, eDays = 1, eMonths = 1, eBiMonths = 2, eQuarters = 3, eWeeks = 7, eYears = 12 };
// if you add bits to this bittqmask, start with the value currently assigned to eTQCend and update its value afterwards
// if you add bits to this bitmask, start with the value currently assigned to eTQCend and update its value afterwards
// also don't forget to add column names to kQueryColumnsText in mymoneyreport.cpp
enum EQueryColumns { eTQCnone = 0x0, eTQCbegin = 0x1, eTQCnumber = 0x1, eTQCpayee = 0x2, eTQCcategory = 0x4, eTQCmemo = 0x8, eTQCaccount = 0x10, eTQCreconciled = 0x20, eTQCaction = 0x40, eTQCshares = 0x80, eTQCprice = 0x100, eTQCperformance = 0x200, eTQCloan = 0x400, eTQCbalance = 0x800, eTQCend = 0x1000 };
@ -314,13 +314,13 @@ public:
/**
* This method creates a TQDomElement for the @p document
* under the tqparent node @p tqparent. (This version overwrites the
* under the parent node @p parent. (This version overwrites the
* MMObject base class.)
*
* @param document reference to TQDomDocument
* @param tqparent reference to TQDomElement tqparent node
* @param parent reference to TQDomElement parent node
*/
virtual void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const;
virtual void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const;
/**
* This method checks if a reference to the given object exists. It returns,

@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ void MyMoneySchedule::fixDate(TQDate& date) const
}
}
void MyMoneySchedule::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const
void MyMoneySchedule::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const
{
TQDomElement el = document.createElement("SCHEDULED_TX");
@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ void MyMoneySchedule::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent)
//store the transaction data for this task.
m_transaction.writeXML(document, el);
tqparent.appendChild(el);
parent.appendChild(el);
}
bool MyMoneySchedule::hasReferenceTo(const TQString& id) const

@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ public:
void recordPayment(const TQDate&);
TQValueList<TQDate> recordedPayments(void) const { return m_recordedPayments; }
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const;
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const;
/**
* This method checks if a reference to the given object exists. It returns,

@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ bool MyMoneySecurity::hasReferenceTo(const TQString& id) const
return (id == m_tradingCurrency);
}
void MyMoneySecurity::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const
void MyMoneySecurity::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const
{
TQDomElement el;
if(isCurrency())
@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ void MyMoneySecurity::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent)
//Add in Key-Value Pairs for securities.
MyMoneyKeyValueContainer::writeXML(document, el);
tqparent.appendChild(el);
parent.appendChild(el);
}
TQString MyMoneySecurity::securityTypeToString(const eSECURITYTYPE securityType)

@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ public:
void setPartsPerUnit(const int ppu) { m_partsPerUnit = ppu; };
void setSmallestCashFraction(const int sf) { m_smallestCashFraction = sf; };
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const;
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const;
/**
* This method checks if a reference to the given object exists. It returns,

@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ MyMoneyMoney MyMoneySplit::price(void) const
return MyMoneyMoney(1,1);
}
void MyMoneySplit::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const
void MyMoneySplit::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const
{
TQDomElement el = document.createElement("SPLIT");
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ void MyMoneySplit::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) con
MyMoneyKeyValueContainer::writeXML(document, el);
tqparent.appendChild(el);
parent.appendChild(el);
}
bool MyMoneySplit::hasReferenceTo(const TQString& id) const

@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ public:
bool operator == (const MyMoneySplit&) const;
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const;
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const;
/**
* This method checks if a reference to the given object exists. It returns,

@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ bool MyMoneyTransaction::isDuplicate(const MyMoneyTransaction& r) const
return rc;
}
void MyMoneyTransaction::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const
void MyMoneyTransaction::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const
{
TQDomElement el = document.createElement("TRANSACTION");
@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ void MyMoneyTransaction::writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparen
MyMoneyKeyValueContainer::writeXML(document, el);
tqparent.appendChild(el);
parent.appendChild(el);
}
bool MyMoneyTransaction::hasReferenceTo(const TQString& id) const

@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public:
*/
static const TQString firstSplitID(void);
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& tqparent) const;
void writeXML(TQDomDocument& document, TQDomElement& parent) const;
/**
* This method checks if a reference to the given object exists. It returns,

@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ public:
/**
* This method allows to trace a printf like formatted text
*
* @param format format tqmask
* @param format format mask
*/
void printf(const char *format, ...) const __attribute__ ((format (__printf__, 2, 3)));

@ -194,12 +194,12 @@ public:
/**
* This method is used to add one account as sub-ordinate to another
* (tqparent) account. The objects that are passed will be modified
* (parent) account. The objects that are passed will be modified
* accordingly.
*
* An exception will be thrown upon error conditions.
*
* @param tqparent tqparent account the account should be added to
* @param parent parent account the account should be added to
* @param account the account to be added
*
* @deprecated This method is only provided as long as we provide
@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ public:
* this compatability mode this method will disappear from
* this interface!
*/
virtual void addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, MyMoneyAccount& account) = 0;
virtual void addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& parent, MyMoneyAccount& account) = 0;
/**
* This method is used to create a new payee

@ -135,15 +135,15 @@ public:
/**
* This method is used to add one account as sub-ordinate to another
* (tqparent) account. The objects that are passed will be modified
* (parent) account. The objects that are passed will be modified
* accordingly.
*
* An exception will be thrown upon error conditions.
*
* @param tqparent tqparent account the account should be added to
* @param parent parent account the account should be added to
* @param account the account to be added
*/
virtual void addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, MyMoneyAccount& account) = 0;
virtual void addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& parent, MyMoneyAccount& account) = 0;
/**
* This method is used to create a new payee
@ -375,9 +375,9 @@ public:
* An exception will be thrown upon error conditions.
*
* @param account MyMoneyAccount reference to account to be re-parented
* @param tqparent MyMoneyAccount reference to new tqparent account
* @param parent MyMoneyAccount reference to new parent account
*/
virtual void reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent) = 0;
virtual void reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& parent) = 0;
/**
* This method is used to remove a transaction from the transaction

@ -104,21 +104,21 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& account)
}
}
void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, MyMoneyAccount& account)
void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& parent, MyMoneyAccount& account)
{
TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyAccount> accountList;
TQStringList accountIdList;
TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyAccount>::ConstIterator theParent;
TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyAccount>::ConstIterator theChild;
accountIdList << tqparent.id() << account.id();
accountIdList << parent.id() << account.id();
startTransaction();
accountList = m_sql->fetchAccounts(accountIdList, true);
theParent = accountList.find(tqparent.id());
theParent = accountList.find(parent.id());
if(theParent == accountList.end()) {
TQString msg = "Unknown tqparent account '";
msg += tqparent.id() + "'";
TQString msg = "Unknown parent account '";
msg += parent.id() + "'";
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION(msg);
}
@ -131,16 +131,16 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, MyMoneyAccount& ac
MyMoneyAccount acc = *theParent;
acc.addAccountId(account.id());
tqparent = acc;
parent = acc;
acc = *theChild;
acc.setParentAccountId(tqparent.id());
acc.setParentAccountId(parent.id());
account = acc;
//FIXME: MyMoneyBalanceCacheItem balance;
//FIXME: m_balanceCache[account.id()] = balance;
m_sql->modifyAccount(tqparent);
m_sql->modifyAccount(parent);
m_sql->modifyAccount(account);
commitTransaction();
}
@ -648,9 +648,9 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::modifyTransaction(const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction
m_sql->modifyTransaction(transaction);
}
void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& parent)
{
if(account.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Stock && tqparent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
if(account.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Stock && parent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Cannot move a stock acocunt into a non-investment account");
TQStringList accountIdList;
@ -660,9 +660,9 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount
// verify that accounts exist. If one does not,
// an exception is thrown
accountIdList << account.id() << tqparent.id();
accountIdList << account.id() << parent.id();
MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::account(account.id());
MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::account(tqparent.id());
MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::account(parent.id());
if(!account.parentAccountId().isEmpty()) {
accountIdList << account.parentAccountId();
@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount
oldParent = accountList.find(account.parentAccountId());
}
newParent = accountList.find(tqparent.id());
newParent = accountList.find(parent.id());
childAccount = accountList.find(account.id());
MyMoneyAccount acc;
@ -686,13 +686,13 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount
m_sql->modifyAccount(acc);
}
tqparent = (*newParent);
tqparent.addAccountId(account.id());
parent = (*newParent);
parent.addAccountId(account.id());
account = (*childAccount);
account.setParentAccountId(tqparent.id());
account.setParentAccountId(parent.id());
m_sql->modifyAccount(tqparent);
m_sql->modifyAccount(parent);
m_sql->modifyAccount(account);
commitTransaction();
}
@ -787,12 +787,12 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::transactionList(TQValueList<TQPair<MyMoneyTransaction,
void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::removeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
{
MyMoneyAccount tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount parent;
// check that the account and it's tqparent exist
// check that the account and it's parent exist
// this will throw an exception if the id is unknown
MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::account(account.id());
tqparent = MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::account(account.parentAccountId());
parent = MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::account(account.parentAccountId());
// check that it's not one of the standard account groups
if(isStandardAccount(account.id()))
@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::removeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Unable to remove account with active splits");
}
// re-tqparent all sub-ordinate accounts to the tqparent of the account
// re-parent all sub-ordinate accounts to the parent of the account
// to be deleted. First round check that all accounts exist, second
// round do the re-parenting.
TQStringList::ConstIterator it;
@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::removeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
// thrown and we would not make it until here.
TQStringList accountIdList;
accountIdList << tqparent.id() << account.id();
accountIdList << parent.id() << account.id();
startTransaction();
TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyAccount> accountList = m_sql->fetchAccounts(accountIdList, true);
@ -827,9 +827,9 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::removeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
if(it_a == accountList.end())
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Internal error: account not found in list");
it_p = accountList.find(tqparent.id());
it_p = accountList.find(parent.id());
if(it_p == accountList.end())
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Internal error: tqparent account not found in list");
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Internal error: parent account not found in list");
if(!account.institutionId().isEmpty())
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Cannot remove account still attached to an institution");
@ -848,19 +848,19 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::removeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
if((*it_a).accountList().count() > 0) {
for(it = (*it_a).accountList().begin(); it != (*it_a).accountList().end(); ++it) {
MyMoneyAccount acc(MyMoneyDatabaseMgr::account(*it));
reparentAccount(acc, tqparent);//, false);
reparentAccount(acc, parent);//, false);
}
}
// remove account from tqparent's list
tqparent.removeAccountId(account.id());
m_sql->modifyAccount(tqparent);
// remove account from parent's list
parent.removeAccountId(account.id());
m_sql->modifyAccount(parent);
// remove account from the global account pool
//m_accountList.remove(account.id());
// remove from balance list
//FIXME: m_balanceCache.remove(account.id());
//FIXME: invalidateBalanceCache(tqparent.id());
//FIXME: invalidateBalanceCache(parent.id());
m_sql->removeAccount(account);
}

@ -82,15 +82,15 @@ public:
/**
* This method is used to add one account as sub-ordinate to another
* (tqparent) account. The objects that are passed will be modified
* (parent) account. The objects that are passed will be modified
* accordingly.
*
* An exception will be thrown upon error conditions.
*
* @param tqparent tqparent account the account should be added to
* @param parent parent account the account should be added to
* @param account the account to be added
*/
virtual void addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, MyMoneyAccount& account);
virtual void addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& parent, MyMoneyAccount& account);
/**
* This method is used to create a new payee
@ -325,9 +325,9 @@ public:
* An exception will be thrown upon error conditions.
*
* @param account MyMoneyAccount reference to account to be re-parented
* @param tqparent MyMoneyAccount reference to new tqparent account
* @param parent MyMoneyAccount reference to new parent account
*/
virtual void reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
virtual void reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& parent);
/**
* This method is used to remove a transaction from the transaction

@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgrTest::testModifyAccount() {
delete e;
}
// use different tqparent
// use different parent
a.setParentAccountId("A000002");
try {
m->modifyAccount(c);
@ -535,18 +535,18 @@ void MyMoneyDatabaseMgrTest::testReparentAccount() {
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(in.id() == "A000005");
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(ch.id() == "A000006");
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = m->expense();
MyMoneyAccount parent = m->expense();
m->addAccount(tqparent, ex1);
m->addAccount(parent, ex1);
m->addAccount(ex1, ex2);
m->addAccount(tqparent, ex3);
m->addAccount(tqparent, ex4);
m->addAccount(parent, ex3);
m->addAccount(parent, ex4);
tqparent = m->income();
m->addAccount(tqparent, in);
parent = m->income();
m->addAccount(parent, in);
tqparent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(tqparent, ch);
parent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(parent, ch);
MyMoneyFile::instance()->preloadCache();
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->expense().accountCount() == 3);

@ -248,15 +248,15 @@ const TQValueList<MyMoneyPayee> MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::payeeList(void) const
}
void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, MyMoneyAccount& account)
void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& parent, MyMoneyAccount& account)
{
TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyAccount>::ConstIterator theParent;
TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyAccount>::ConstIterator theChild;
theParent = m_accountList.find(tqparent.id());
theParent = m_accountList.find(parent.id());
if(theParent == m_accountList.end()) {
TQString msg = "Unknown tqparent account '";
msg += tqparent.id() + "'";
TQString msg = "Unknown parent account '";
msg += parent.id() + "'";
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION(msg);
}
@ -270,10 +270,10 @@ void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, MyMoneyAccount& a
MyMoneyAccount acc = *theParent;
acc.addAccountId(account.id());
m_accountList.modify(acc.id(), acc);
tqparent = acc;
parent = acc;
acc = *theChild;
acc.setParentAccountId(tqparent.id());
acc.setParentAccountId(parent.id());
m_accountList.modify(acc.id(), acc);
account = acc;
@ -591,12 +591,12 @@ void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::modifyTransaction(const MyMoneyTransaction& transactio
m_transactionKeys.modify(transaction.id(), newKey);
}
void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent)
void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& parent)
{
reparentAccount(account, tqparent, true);
reparentAccount(account, parent, true);
}
void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, const bool /* sendNotification */)
void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& parent, const bool /* sendNotification */)
{
TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyAccount>::ConstIterator oldParent;
TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyAccount>::ConstIterator newParent;
@ -605,16 +605,16 @@ void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccoun
// verify that accounts exist. If one does not,
// an exception is thrown
MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::account(account.id());
MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::account(tqparent.id());
MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::account(parent.id());
if(!account.parentAccountId().isEmpty()) {
MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::account(account.parentAccountId());
oldParent = m_accountList.find(account.parentAccountId());
}
if(account.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Stock && tqparent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
if(account.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Stock && parent.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Cannot move a stock acocunt into a non-investment account");
newParent = m_accountList.find(tqparent.id());
newParent = m_accountList.find(parent.id());
childAccount = m_accountList.find(account.id());
MyMoneyAccount acc;
@ -624,16 +624,16 @@ void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccoun
m_accountList.modify(acc.id(), acc);
}
tqparent = (*newParent);
tqparent.addAccountId(account.id());
m_accountList.modify(tqparent.id(), tqparent);
parent = (*newParent);
parent.addAccountId(account.id());
m_accountList.modify(parent.id(), parent);
account = (*childAccount);
account.setParentAccountId(tqparent.id());
account.setParentAccountId(parent.id());
m_accountList.modify(account.id(), account);
#if 0
// make sure the type is the same as the new tqparent. This does not work for stock and investment
// make sure the type is the same as the new parent. This does not work for stock and investment
if(account.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Stock && account.accountType() != MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
(*childAccount).setAccountType((*newParent).accountType());
#endif
@ -677,12 +677,12 @@ void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::removeTransaction(const MyMoneyTransaction& transactio
void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::removeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
{
MyMoneyAccount tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount parent;
// check that the account and it's tqparent exist
// check that the account and it's parent exist
// this will throw an exception if the id is unknown
MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::account(account.id());
tqparent = MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::account(account.parentAccountId());
parent = MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::account(account.parentAccountId());
// check that it's not one of the standard account groups
if(isStandardAccount(account.id()))
@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::removeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Unable to remove account with active splits");
}
// re-tqparent all sub-ordinate accounts to the tqparent of the account
// re-parent all sub-ordinate accounts to the parent of the account
// to be deleted. First round check that all accounts exist, second
// round do the re-parenting.
TQStringList::ConstIterator it;
@ -712,9 +712,9 @@ void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::removeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
if(it_a == m_accountList.end())
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Internal error: account not found in list");
it_p = m_accountList.find(tqparent.id());
it_p = m_accountList.find(parent.id());
if(it_p == m_accountList.end())
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Internal error: tqparent account not found in list");
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Internal error: parent account not found in list");
if(!account.institutionId().isEmpty())
throw new MYMONEYEXCEPTION("Cannot remove account still attached to an institution");
@ -736,19 +736,19 @@ void MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::removeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
while((*it_a).accountList().count() > 0) {
it = (*it_a).accountList().begin();
MyMoneyAccount acc(MyMoneySeqAccessMgr::account(*it));
reparentAccount(acc, tqparent, false);
reparentAccount(acc, parent, false);
}
}
// remove account from tqparent's list
tqparent.removeAccountId(account.id());
m_accountList.modify(tqparent.id(), tqparent);
// remove account from parent's list
parent.removeAccountId(account.id());
m_accountList.modify(parent.id(), parent);
// remove account from the global account pool
m_accountList.remove(account.id());
// remove from balance list
m_balanceCache.remove(account.id());
invalidateBalanceCache(tqparent.id());
invalidateBalanceCache(parent.id());
}
}

@ -219,13 +219,13 @@ public:
/**
* This method is used to add one account as sub-ordinate to another
* (tqparent) account. The objects passed as arguments will be modified
* (parent) account. The objects passed as arguments will be modified
* accordingly.
*
* @param tqparent tqparent account the account should be added to
* @param parent parent account the account should be added to
* @param account the account to be added
*/
void addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, MyMoneyAccount& account);
void addAccount(MyMoneyAccount& parent, MyMoneyAccount& account);
/**
* Adds an institution to the storage. A
@ -291,9 +291,9 @@ public:
* An exception will be thrown upon error conditions.
*
* @param account MyMoneyAccount reference to account to be re-parented
* @param tqparent MyMoneyAccount reference to new tqparent account
* @param parent MyMoneyAccount reference to new parent account
*/
void reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& parent);
/**
* This method is used to remove a transaction from the transaction
@ -1212,11 +1212,11 @@ private:
* An exception will be thrown upon error conditions.
*
* @param account MyMoneyAccount reference to account to be re-parented
* @param tqparent MyMoneyAccount reference to new tqparent account
* @param parent MyMoneyAccount reference to new parent account
* @param sendNotification if true, notifications with the ids
* of all modified objects are send
*/
void reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& tqparent, const bool sendNotification);
void reparentAccount(MyMoneyAccount &account, MyMoneyAccount& parent, const bool sendNotification);
/**
* This method will close a database and log the use roff
*/

@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ void MyMoneySeqAccessMgrTest::testModifyAccount() {
delete e;
}
// use different tqparent
// use different parent
a.setParentAccountId("A000002");
try {
m->modifyAccount(c);
@ -460,18 +460,18 @@ void MyMoneySeqAccessMgrTest::testReparentAccount() {
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(in.id() == "A000005");
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(ch.id() == "A000006");
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = m->expense();
MyMoneyAccount parent = m->expense();
m->addAccount(tqparent, ex1);
m->addAccount(parent, ex1);
m->addAccount(ex1, ex2);
m->addAccount(tqparent, ex3);
m->addAccount(tqparent, ex4);
m->addAccount(parent, ex3);
m->addAccount(parent, ex4);
tqparent = m->income();
m->addAccount(tqparent, in);
parent = m->income();
m->addAccount(parent, in);
tqparent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(tqparent, ch);
parent = m->asset();
m->addAccount(parent, ch);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->expense().accountCount() == 3);
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(m->account(ex1.id()).accountCount() == 1);

@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ void MyMoneyStorageDump::writeStream(TQDataStream& _s, IMyMoneySerialize* _stora
}
s << " Parent = " << (*it_a).parentAccountId();
if(!(*it_a).parentAccountId().isEmpty()) {
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = storage->account((*it_a).parentAccountId());
s << " (" << tqparent.name() << ")";
MyMoneyAccount parent = storage->account((*it_a).parentAccountId());
s << " (" << parent.name() << ")";
} else {
s << "n/a";
}

@ -738,32 +738,32 @@ void MyMoneyStorageXML::writeCurrencies(TQDomElement& currencies)
}
}
void MyMoneyStorageXML::writeReports(TQDomElement& tqparent)
void MyMoneyStorageXML::writeReports(TQDomElement& parent)
{
const TQValueList<MyMoneyReport> list = m_storage->reportList();
TQValueList<MyMoneyReport>::ConstIterator it;
tqparent.setAttribute("count", list.count());
parent.setAttribute("count", list.count());
signalProgress(0, list.count(), i18n("Saving reports..."));
unsigned i = 0;
for(it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it)
{
(*it).writeXML(*m_doc, tqparent);
(*it).writeXML(*m_doc, parent);
signalProgress(++i, 0);
}
}
void MyMoneyStorageXML::writeBudgets(TQDomElement& tqparent)
void MyMoneyStorageXML::writeBudgets(TQDomElement& parent)
{
const TQValueList<MyMoneyBudget> list = m_storage->budgetList();
TQValueList<MyMoneyBudget>::ConstIterator it;
tqparent.setAttribute("count", list.count());
parent.setAttribute("count", list.count());
signalProgress(0, list.count(), i18n("Saving budgets..."));
unsigned i = 0;
for(it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it)
{
writeBudget(tqparent, (*it));
writeBudget(parent, (*it));
signalProgress(++i, 0);
}
}

@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
#include "importinterface.h"
KMyMoneyPlugin::ImportInterface::ImportInterface(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) :
TQObject(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyPlugin::ImportInterface::ImportInterface(TQObject* parent, const char* name) :
TQObject(parent, name)
{
}

@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ class KMYMONEY_EXPORT ImportInterface : public TQObject
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ImportInterface(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
ImportInterface(TQObject* parent, const char* name = 0);
~ImportInterface() {}
virtual KURL selectFile(const TQString& title, const TQString& path, const TQString& tqmask, KFile::Mode mode) const = 0;
virtual KURL selectFile(const TQString& title, const TQString& path, const TQString& mask, KFile::Mode mode) const = 0;
signals:
};

@ -27,15 +27,15 @@
#include "../../kmymoney2.h"
#include "kmmimportinterface.h"
KMyMoneyPlugin::KMMImportInterface::KMMImportInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) :
ImportInterface(tqparent, name),
KMyMoneyPlugin::KMMImportInterface::KMMImportInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, TQObject* parent, const char* name) :
ImportInterface(parent, name),
m_app(app)
{
}
KURL KMyMoneyPlugin::KMMImportInterface::selectFile(const TQString& title, const TQString& path, const TQString& tqmask, KFile::Mode mode) const
KURL KMyMoneyPlugin::KMMImportInterface::selectFile(const TQString& title, const TQString& path, const TQString& mask, KFile::Mode mode) const
{
return m_app->selectFile(title, path, tqmask, mode);
return m_app->selectFile(title, path, mask, mode);
}
#include "kmmimportinterface.moc"

@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ class KMMImportInterface : public ImportInterface {
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMMImportInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, TQObject* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
KMMImportInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, TQObject* parent, const char* name = 0);
~KMMImportInterface() {}
KURL selectFile(const TQString& title, const TQString& path, const TQString& tqmask, KFile::Mode mode) const;
KURL selectFile(const TQString& title, const TQString& path, const TQString& mask, KFile::Mode mode) const;
private:
KMyMoney2App* m_app;

@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/mymoneyaccount.h>
#include <kmymoney/mymoneykeyvaluecontainer.h>
KMyMoneyPlugin::KMMStatementInterface::KMMStatementInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) :
StatementInterface(tqparent, name),
KMyMoneyPlugin::KMMStatementInterface::KMMStatementInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, TQObject* parent, const char* name) :
StatementInterface(parent, name),
m_app(app)
{
}

@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KMMStatementInterface : public StatementInterface
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMMStatementInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, TQObject* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
KMMStatementInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, TQObject* parent, const char* name = 0);
~KMMStatementInterface() {}
/**

@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
#include "../../widgets/selectedtransaction.h"
#include "kmmviewinterface.h"
KMyMoneyPlugin::KMMViewInterface::KMMViewInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, KMyMoneyView* view, TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) :
ViewInterface(tqparent, name),
KMyMoneyPlugin::KMMViewInterface::KMMViewInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, KMyMoneyView* view, TQObject* parent, const char* name) :
ViewInterface(parent, name),
m_app(app),
m_view(view)
{

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class KMMViewInterface : public ViewInterface {
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMMViewInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, KMyMoneyView* view, TQObject* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
KMMViewInterface(KMyMoney2App* app, KMyMoneyView* view, TQObject* parent, const char* name = 0);
~KMMViewInterface() {}
/**

@ -75,17 +75,17 @@ KToggleAction* KMyMoneyPlugin::Plugin::toggleAction(const TQString& actionName)
KMyMoneyPlugin::ViewInterface* KMyMoneyPlugin::Plugin::viewInterface() const
{
return static_cast<ViewInterface*>( tqparent()->child( 0, "KMyMoneyPlugin::ViewInterface" ) );
return static_cast<ViewInterface*>( parent()->child( 0, "KMyMoneyPlugin::ViewInterface" ) );
}
KMyMoneyPlugin::StatementInterface* KMyMoneyPlugin::Plugin::statementInterface() const
{
return static_cast<StatementInterface*>( tqparent()->child( 0, "KMyMoneyPlugin::StatementInterface" ) );
return static_cast<StatementInterface*>( parent()->child( 0, "KMyMoneyPlugin::StatementInterface" ) );
}
KMyMoneyPlugin::ImportInterface* KMyMoneyPlugin::Plugin::importInterface() const
{
return static_cast<ImportInterface*>( tqparent()->child( 0, "KMyMoneyPlugin::ImportInterface" ) );
return static_cast<ImportInterface*>( parent()->child( 0, "KMyMoneyPlugin::ImportInterface" ) );
}
#include "kmymoneyplugin.moc"

@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KMyMoneyPlugin {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
Plugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name);
Plugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name);
virtual ~Plugin();
protected:

@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ public:
TQFile m_fpTrace;
};
KOfxDirectConnectDlg::KOfxDirectConnectDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KOfxDirectConnectDlgDecl(tqparent, name),
KOfxDirectConnectDlg::KOfxDirectConnectDlg(const MyMoneyAccount& account, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KOfxDirectConnectDlgDecl(parent, name),
d(new Private),
m_tmpfile(NULL),
m_connector(account),

@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KOfxDirectConnectDlg : public KOfxDirectConnectDlgDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KOfxDirectConnectDlg(const MyMoneyAccount&, TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KOfxDirectConnectDlg(const MyMoneyAccount&, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
~KOfxDirectConnectDlg();
void init(void);

@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
TQTextStream m_trace;
};
KOnlineBankingSetupWizard::KOnlineBankingSetupWizard(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name):
KOnlineBankingSetupDecl(tqparent,name),
KOnlineBankingSetupWizard::KOnlineBankingSetupWizard(TQWidget *parent, const char *name):
KOnlineBankingSetupDecl(parent,name),
d(new Private),
m_fDone(false),
m_fInit(false),
@ -429,8 +429,8 @@ bool KOnlineBankingSetupWizard::chosenSettings( MyMoneyKeyValueContainer& settin
return result;
}
KOnlineBankingSetupWizard::ListViewItem::ListViewItem( TQListView* tqparent, const MyMoneyKeyValueContainer& kvps ):
MyMoneyKeyValueContainer( kvps ), TQListViewItem( tqparent )
KOnlineBankingSetupWizard::ListViewItem::ListViewItem( TQListView* parent, const MyMoneyKeyValueContainer& kvps ):
MyMoneyKeyValueContainer( kvps ), TQListViewItem( parent )
{
setText( 0, value("accountid") );
setText( 1, value("type") );

@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ public:
class ListViewItem: public MyMoneyKeyValueContainer, public TQListViewItem
{
public:
ListViewItem( TQListView* tqparent, const MyMoneyKeyValueContainer& kvps );
ListViewItem( TQListView* parent, const MyMoneyKeyValueContainer& kvps );
virtual void x(void);
};
KOnlineBankingSetupWizard(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KOnlineBankingSetupWizard(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KOnlineBankingSetupWizard();
bool chosenSettings( MyMoneyKeyValueContainer& settings );

@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
#include <libofx/libofx.h>
#include "mymoneyofxconnector.h"
KOnlineBankingtqStatus::KOnlineBankingtqStatus(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KOnlineBankingStatusDecl(tqparent,name),
KOnlineBankingtqStatus::KOnlineBankingtqStatus(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KOnlineBankingStatusDecl(parent,name),
m_appId(0)
{
m_ledOnlinetqStatus->off();

@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ class KOnlineBankingtqStatus : public KOnlineBankingStatusDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KOnlineBankingtqStatus(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KOnlineBankingtqStatus(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KOnlineBankingtqStatus();
const TQString& appId(void) const;
TQString headerVersion(void) const;

@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kmm_ofximport,
KGenericFactory<OfxImporterPlugin>( "kmm_ofximport" ) )
OfxImporterPlugin::OfxImporterPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList&) :
KMyMoneyPlugin::Plugin( tqparent, name ),
OfxImporterPlugin::OfxImporterPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList&) :
KMyMoneyPlugin::Plugin( parent, name ),
KMyMoneyPlugin::ImporterPlugin(),
m_valid( false )
{

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class OfxImporterPlugin : public KMyMoneyPlugin::Plugin, public KMyMoneyPlugin::
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
OfxImporterPlugin(TQObject *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0, const TQStringList& = TQStringList());
OfxImporterPlugin(TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, const TQStringList& = TQStringList());
~OfxImporterPlugin();

@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ struct PluginLoader::Private
PluginsMap m_loadedPlugins;
};
PluginLoader::PluginLoader(TQObject* tqparent)
PluginLoader::PluginLoader(TQObject* parent)
{
Q_ASSERT( s_instance == 0 );
s_instance = this;
d = new Private;
d->m_parent = tqparent;
d->m_parent = parent;
KTrader::OfferList offers = KTrader::self()->query("KMyMoneyPlugin");
d->m_pluginList = KPluginInfo::fromServices(offers);

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ namespace KMyMoneyPlugin
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PluginLoader(TQObject* tqparent);
PluginLoader(TQObject* parent);
virtual ~PluginLoader();
static PluginLoader* instance();

@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
#include "statementinterface.h"
KMyMoneyPlugin::StatementInterface::StatementInterface(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) :
TQObject(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyPlugin::StatementInterface::StatementInterface(TQObject* parent, const char* name) :
TQObject(parent, name)
{
}

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class KMYMONEY_EXPORT StatementInterface : public TQObject {
TQ_OBJECT
public:
StatementInterface(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
StatementInterface(TQObject* parent, const char* name = 0);
~StatementInterface() {}
/**

@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
#include "viewinterface.h"
KMyMoneyPlugin::ViewInterface::ViewInterface(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) :
TQObject(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyPlugin::ViewInterface::ViewInterface(TQObject* parent, const char* name) :
TQObject(parent, name)
{
}

@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ class KMYMONEY_EXPORT ViewInterface : public TQObject {
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ViewInterface(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
ViewInterface(TQObject* parent, const char* name = 0);
~ViewInterface() {}
/**

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
using namespace reports;
KReportChartView::KReportChartView( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ): KDChartWidget(tqparent,name)
KReportChartView::KReportChartView( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ): KDChartWidget(parent,name)
{
// ********************************************************************
// Set KMyMoney's Chart Parameter Defaults

@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ namespace reports {
class KReportChartView: public KDChartWidget
{
public:
KReportChartView( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name );
KReportChartView( TQWidget* parent, const char* name );
~KReportChartView() {}
static bool implemented(void) { return true; }
void setNewData( const KDChartTableData& newdata ) { this->setData(new KDChartTableData(newdata)); }
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ namespace reports {
class KReportChartView : public TQWidget
{
public:
KReportChartView( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ): TQWidget(tqparent,name) {}
KReportChartView( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ): TQWidget(parent,name) {}
~KReportChartView() {}
static bool implemented(void) { return false; }
};

@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ MyMoneyMoney PivotTable::cellBalance(const TQString& outergroup, const ReportAcc
// ensure the row already exists (and its parental hierarchy)
createRow( outergroup, row, true );
// Determine the inner group from the top-most tqparent account
// Determine the inner group from the top-most parent account
TQString innergroup( row.topParentName() );
if ( m_numColumns <= _column )
@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ void PivotTable::calculateBudgetMapping( void )
m_budgetMap[acid] = id;
// kdDebug(2) << ReportAccount(acid).debugName() << " self-maps / type =" << budget.account(id).budgetLevel() << endl;
}
// Otherwise, search for a tqparent account which includes sub-accounts
// Otherwise, search for a parent account which includes sub-accounts
else
{
//if includeBudgetActuals, include all accounts regardless of whether in budget or not
@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ void PivotTable::assignCell( const TQString& outergroup, const ReportAccount& _r
// ensure the row already exists (and its parental hierarchy)
createRow( outergroup, row, true );
// Determine the inner group from the top-most tqparent account
// Determine the inner group from the top-most parent account
TQString innergroup( row.topParentName() );
if ( m_numColumns <= column )
@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ void PivotTable::createRow( const TQString& outergroup, const ReportAccount& row
{
DEBUG_ENTER(__PRETTY_FUNCTION__);
// Determine the inner group from the top-most tqparent account
// Determine the inner group from the top-most parent account
TQString innergroup( row.topParentName() );
if ( ! m_grid.contains(outergroup) )
@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ void PivotTable::createRow( const TQString& outergroup, const ReportAccount& row
m_grid[outergroup][innergroup][row] = PivotGridRowSet(m_numColumns);
if ( recursive && !row.isTopLevel() )
createRow( outergroup, row.tqparent(), recursive );
createRow( outergroup, row.parent(), recursive );
}
}
@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ TQString PivotTable::renderHTML( void ) const
if(!rowname.isClosed() || isUsed) {
innergroupdata += TQString("<tr class=\"row-%1\"%2><td%3 class=\"left\" style=\"text-indent: %4.0em\">%5%6</td>")
.tqarg(rownum & 0x01 ? "even" : "odd")
.tqarg(rowname.isTopLevel() ? " id=\"toptqparent\"" : "")
.tqarg(rowname.isTopLevel() ? " id=\"topparent\"" : "")
.tqarg("") //.tqarg((*it_row).m_total.isZero() ? colspan : "") // colspan the distance if this row will be blank
.tqarg(rowname.hierarchyDepth() - 1)
.tqarg(rowname.name().replace(TQRegExp(" "), "&nbsp;"))

@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ protected:
*
* @param outergroup The outer row group
* @param row The row itself
* @param recursive Whether to also recursively create rows for our tqparent accounts
* @param recursive Whether to also recursively create rows for our parent accounts
*/
void createRow( const TQString& outergroup, const ReportAccount& row, bool recursive );

@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ void PivotTableTest::testMultipleCurrencies()
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(spending_f.m_grid["Expense"]["Foreign"][acCanCash][eActual][3]==(moCanTransaction*moCanPrice));
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(spending_f.m_grid["Expense"]["Foreign"][acCanCash][eActual][4]==(moCanTransaction*moCanPrice));
// test multiple foreign currencies under a common tqparent
// test multiple foreign currencies under a common parent
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(spending_f.m_grid["Expense"]["Foreign"][acJpyCash][eActual][2]==(moJpyTransaction*moJpyPrice));
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(spending_f.m_grid["Expense"]["Foreign"][acJpyCash][eActual][3]==(moJpyTransaction*moJpyPrice));
CPPUNIT_ASSERT(spending_f.m_grid["Expense"]["Foreign"][acJpyCash][eActual][4]==(moJpyTransaction*moJpyPrice));

@ -548,8 +548,8 @@ void QueryTable::constructTransactionTable(void)
if (splitAcc.isInvest()) {
// use the institution of the tqparent for stock accounts
institution = splitAcc.tqparent().institutionId();
// use the institution of the parent for stock accounts
institution = splitAcc.parent().institutionId();
MyMoneyMoney shares = (*it_split).shares();
qA["action"] = (*it_split).action();
@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ void QueryTable::constructTransactionTable(void)
if (((*it_split).action() == MyMoneySplit::ActionBuyShares) && (*it_split).shares().isNegative())
qA["action"] = "Sell";
qA["investaccount"] = splitAcc.tqparent().name();
qA["investaccount"] = splitAcc.parent().name();
}
if (it_split == myBegin) {
@ -829,9 +829,9 @@ void QueryTable::constructTransactionTable(void)
TQString institution = account.institutionId();
// use the institution of the tqparent for stock accounts
// use the institution of the parent for stock accounts
if (account.isInvest())
institution = account.tqparent().institutionId();
institution = account.parent().institutionId();
MyMoneyMoney startBalance, endBalance, startPrice, endPrice;
MyMoneyMoney startShares, endShares;
@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ void QueryTable::constructAccountTable(void)
TQString iid = (*it_account).institutionId();
// If an account does not have an institution, get it from the top-tqparent.
// If an account does not have an institution, get it from the top-parent.
if ( iid.isEmpty() && ! account.isTopLevel() )
{
ReportAccount topaccount = account.topParent();
@ -1308,8 +1308,8 @@ void QueryTable::constructSplitsTable(void)
if (splitAcc.isInvest()) {
// use the institution of the tqparent for stock accounts
institution = splitAcc.tqparent().institutionId();
// use the institution of the parent for stock accounts
institution = splitAcc.parent().institutionId();
MyMoneyMoney shares = (*it_split).shares();
qA["action"] = (*it_split).action();
@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ void QueryTable::constructSplitsTable(void)
if (((*it_split).action() == MyMoneySplit::ActionBuyShares) && (*it_split).shares().isNegative())
qA["action"] = "Sell";
qA["investaccount"] = splitAcc.tqparent().name();
qA["investaccount"] = splitAcc.parent().name();
}
include_me = m_config.includes(splitAcc);
@ -1461,9 +1461,9 @@ void QueryTable::constructSplitsTable(void)
TQString institution = account.institutionId();
// use the institution of the tqparent for stock accounts
// use the institution of the parent for stock accounts
if (account.isInvest())
institution = account.tqparent().institutionId();
institution = account.parent().institutionId();
MyMoneyMoney startBalance, endBalance, startPrice, endPrice;
MyMoneyMoney startShares, endShares;

@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ void ReportAccount::calculateAccountHierarchy( void )
#endif
while (!file->isStandardAccount(parentid))
{
// take on the identity of our tqparent
// take on the identity of our parent
resultid = parentid;
// and try again
@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ unsigned ReportAccount::hierarchyDepth( void ) const
return ( m_nameHierarchy.size() );
}
ReportAccount ReportAccount::tqparent( void ) const
ReportAccount ReportAccount::parent( void ) const
{
return ReportAccount( parentAccountId() );
}
@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ ReportAccount ReportAccount::topParent( void ) const
while (!file->isStandardAccount(parentid))
{
// take on the identity of our tqparent
// take on the identity of our parent
resultid = parentid;
// and try again

@ -174,39 +174,39 @@ public:
TQString debugName( void ) const;
/**
* Whether this account is a 'top level' tqparent account. This means that
* it's tqparent is an account class, like asset, liability, expense or income
* Whether this account is a 'top level' parent account. This means that
* it's parent is an account class, like asset, liability, expense or income
*
* @return bool True if this account is a top level tqparent account
* @return bool True if this account is a top level parent account
*/
/*inline*/ bool isTopLevel( void ) const;
/**
* Returns the name of the top level tqparent account
* Returns the name of the top level parent account
*
* (See isTopLevel for a definition of 'top level tqparent')
* (See isTopLevel for a definition of 'top level parent')
*
* @return TQString The name of the top level tqparent account
* @return TQString The name of the top level parent account
*/
/*inline*/ TQString topParentName( void ) const;
/**
* Returns a report account containing the top tqparent account
* Returns a report account containing the top parent account
*
* @return ReportAccount The account of the top tqparent
* @return ReportAccount The account of the top parent
*/
ReportAccount topParent( void ) const;
/**
* Returns a report account containing the immediate tqparent account
* Returns a report account containing the immediate parent account
*
* @return ReportAccount The account of the immediate tqparent
* @return ReportAccount The account of the immediate parent
*/
ReportAccount tqparent( void ) const;
ReportAccount parent( void ) const;
/**
* Returns the number of accounts in this account's hierarchy. If this is a
* Top Category, it returns 1. If it's tqparent is a Top Category, returns 2,
* Top Category, it returns 1. If it's parent is a Top Category, returns 2,
* etc.
*
* @return unsigned Hierarchy depth

@ -244,8 +244,8 @@ TQString makeAccount( const TQString& _name, MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE _type,
if(_taxReport)
info.setValue("Tax", "Yes");
MyMoneyAccount tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->account(_parent);
MyMoneyFile::instance()->addAccount( info, tqparent );
MyMoneyAccount parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->account(_parent);
MyMoneyFile::instance()->addAccount( info, parent );
// create the opening balance transaction if any
if(!_balance.isZero()) {
MyMoneySecurity sec = MyMoneyFile::instance()->currency(info.currencyId());

@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
#include "../kmymoney2.h"
KMyMoneyAccountIconItem::KMyMoneyAccountIconItem(TQIconView *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account) :
KIconViewItem(tqparent, account.name()),
KMyMoneyAccountIconItem::KMyMoneyAccountIconItem(TQIconView *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account) :
KIconViewItem(parent, account.name()),
m_account(account),
m_reconcileFlag(false)
{
@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ void KMyMoneyAccountIconItem::updateAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& account)
setPixmap(account.accountPixmap(m_reconcileFlag));
}
KAccountsView::KAccountsView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KAccountsViewDecl(tqparent,name),
KAccountsView::KAccountsView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KAccountsViewDecl(parent,name),
m_assetItem(0),
m_liabilityItem(0)
{
@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ void KAccountsView::loadListView(void)
::timetrace("done load accounts list view");
}
bool KAccountsView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent, const TQStringList& accountList)
bool KAccountsView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* parent, const TQStringList& accountList)
{
MyMoneyFile* file = MyMoneyFile::instance();
@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ bool KAccountsView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent, const TQS
delete e;
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* item = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(tqparent, acc, prices, security);
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* item = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(parent, acc, prices, security);
if(acc.id() == m_reconciliationAccount.id())
item->setReconciliation(true);

@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ public:
/**
* Constructor to be used to construct an account icon object.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the KIconView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the KIconView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param account const reference to MyMoneyAccount for which
* the KIconView entry is constructed
*/
KMyMoneyAccountIconItem(TQIconView *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account);
KMyMoneyAccountIconItem(TQIconView *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account);
~KMyMoneyAccountIconItem();
/**
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ class KAccountsView : public KAccountsViewDecl
private:
public:
KAccountsView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KAccountsView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~KAccountsView();
public slots:
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ protected:
void loadListView(void);
void loadIconView(void);
bool loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent, const TQStringList& accountList);
bool loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* parent, const TQStringList& accountList);
/**
* This method returns a pointer to the currently selected
@ -182,12 +182,12 @@ signals:
/**
* This signal is emitted, when the user selected to reparent the
* account @p acc to be a subordinate account of @p tqparent.
* account @p acc to be a subordinate account of @p parent.
*
* @param acc const reference to account to be reparented
* @param tqparent const reference to new tqparent account
* @param parent const reference to new parent account
*/
void reparent(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void reparent(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& parent);
private:
MyMoneyAccount m_reconciliationAccount;

@ -61,8 +61,8 @@
#include "../kmymoney2.h"
// *** KBudgetListItem Implementation ***
KBudgetListItem::KBudgetListItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyBudget& budget) :
KListViewItem(tqparent),
KBudgetListItem::KBudgetListItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyBudget& budget) :
KListViewItem(parent),
m_budget(budget)
{
setText(0, budget.name());
@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ void KBudgetListItem::paintCell(TQPainter *p, const TQColorGroup & cg, int colum
const int KBudgetView::m_iBudgetYearsAhead = 5;
const int KBudgetView::m_iBudgetYearsBack = 3;
KBudgetView::KBudgetView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KBudgetViewDecl(tqparent,name),
KBudgetView::KBudgetView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KBudgetViewDecl(parent,name),
m_needReload(false),
m_inSelection(false)
{
@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ void KBudgetView::loadAccounts(void)
}
bool KBudgetView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem* tqparent, TQStringList& accountList, const MyMoneyBudget& budget)
bool KBudgetView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem* parent, TQStringList& accountList, const MyMoneyBudget& budget)
{
MyMoneyFile* file = MyMoneyFile::instance();
@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ bool KBudgetView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem* tqparent, TQStr
}
TQStringList subAcctList = acc.accountList();
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem *item = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem(tqparent, acc, budget, prices, security);
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem *item = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem(parent, acc, budget, prices, security);
unused |= loadSubAccounts(item, subAcctList, budget);
// no child accounts and no value assigned to this account

@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ public:
/**
* Constructor to be used to construct a budget entry object.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param budget const reference to MyMoneyBudget for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
*/
KBudgetListItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyBudget& budget);
KBudgetListItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyBudget& budget);
~KBudgetListItem();
/**
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ class KBudgetView : public KBudgetViewDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KBudgetView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KBudgetView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KBudgetView();
void show();
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ public slots:
protected:
void resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*);
void loadAccounts(void);
bool loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem* tqparent, TQStringList& accountList, const MyMoneyBudget& budget);
bool loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem* parent, TQStringList& accountList, const MyMoneyBudget& budget);
/**
* This method loads all available budgets into the budget list widget. If a budget is

@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
#include "../kmymoney2.h"
KCategoriesView::KCategoriesView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KCategoriesViewDecl(tqparent, name),
KCategoriesView::KCategoriesView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KCategoriesViewDecl(parent, name),
m_incomeItem(0),
m_expenseItem(0),
m_needReload(false)
@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ void KCategoriesView::loadAccounts(void)
::timetrace("done load categories view");
}
bool KCategoriesView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent, const TQStringList& accountList)
bool KCategoriesView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* parent, const TQStringList& accountList)
{
MyMoneyFile* file = MyMoneyFile::instance();
@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ bool KCategoriesView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent, const T
delete e;
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* item = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(tqparent, acc, prices, security);
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* item = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(parent, acc, prices, security);
unused |= loadSubAccounts(item, acc.accountList());
// no child accounts and not transactions in this account means 'unused'

@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ class KCategoriesView : public KCategoriesViewDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KCategoriesView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KCategoriesView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~KCategoriesView();
@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ public slots:
protected:
void loadAccounts(void);
bool loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent, const TQStringList& accountList);
bool loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* parent, const TQStringList& accountList);
protected slots:
void slotUpdateProfit(void);
@ -122,12 +122,12 @@ signals:
/**
* This signal is emitted, when the user selected to reparent the
* account @p acc to be a subordinate account of @p tqparent.
* account @p acc to be a subordinate account of @p parent.
*
* @param acc const reference to account to be reparented
* @param tqparent const reference to new tqparent account
* @param parent const reference to new parent account
*/
void reparent(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void reparent(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& parent);
private:
TQMap<TQString, MyMoneySecurity> m_securityMap;

@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
#include "../reports/pivottable.h"
#include "../reports/pivotgrid.h"
KForecastView::KForecastView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KForecastViewDecl(tqparent,name)
KForecastView::KForecastView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KForecastViewDecl(parent,name)
{
for(int i=0; i < MaxViewTabs; ++i)
m_needReload[i] = false;
@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ void KForecastView::loadAccounts(MyMoneyForecast& forecast, const MyMoneyAccount
TQStringList::ConstIterator accList_t;
for(accList_t = accList.begin(); accList_t != accList.end(); ++accList_t ) {
MyMoneyAccount subAccount = file->account(*accList_t);
//only add the account if it is a forecast account or the tqparent of a forecast account
//only add the account if it is a forecast account or the parent of a forecast account
if(includeAccount(forecast, subAccount)) {
nameIdx[subAccount.id()] = subAccount.id();
}

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KForecastView : public KForecastViewDecl
private:
public:
KForecastView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KForecastView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~KForecastView();
void show(void);

@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ public:
TQTimer m_viewPosTimer;
};
MousePressFilter::MousePressFilter(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
TQObject(tqparent, name),
MousePressFilter::MousePressFilter(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
TQObject(parent, name),
m_lastMousePressEvent(0),
m_filterActive(true)
{
@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ void MousePressFilter::setFilterActive(bool state)
m_filterActive = state;
}
bool MousePressFilter::isChildOf( TQWidget* child, TQWidget *tqparent )
bool MousePressFilter::isChildOf( TQWidget* child, TQWidget *parent )
{
while(child) {
if(child == tqparent)
if(child == parent)
return true;
// If one of the ancestors is a KPassivePopup then it's as
// if it is a child of our own
@ -145,8 +145,8 @@ KGlobalLedgerView::Private::Private() :
TQDate KGlobalLedgerView::m_lastPostDate;
KGlobalLedgerView::KGlobalLedgerView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: KMyMoneyViewBase(tqparent, name, i18n("Ledgers")),
KGlobalLedgerView::KGlobalLedgerView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: KMyMoneyViewBase(parent, name, i18n("Ledgers")),
d(new Private),
m_needReload(false),
m_newAccountLoaded(true),
@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ bool KGlobalLedgerView::slotSelectAccount(const TQString& id, const TQString& tr
try {
m_account = MyMoneyFile::instance()->account(id);
// if a stock account is selected, we show the
// the corresponding tqparent (investment) account
// the corresponding parent (investment) account
if(m_account.isInvest()) {
m_account = MyMoneyFile::instance()->account(m_account.parentAccountId());
}
@ -1089,14 +1089,14 @@ TransactionEditor* KGlobalLedgerView::startEdit(const KMyMoneyRegister::Selected
}
// decide, if we edit in the register or in the form
TransactionEditorContainer* tqparent;
TransactionEditorContainer* parent;
if(m_formFrame->isVisible())
tqparent = m_form;
parent = m_form;
else {
tqparent = m_register;
parent = m_register;
}
editor = item->createEditor(tqparent, list, m_lastPostDate);
editor = item->createEditor(parent, list, m_lastPostDate);
// check that we use the same transaction commodity in all selected transactions
// if not, we need to update this in the editor's list. The user can also bail out
@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ TransactionEditor* KGlobalLedgerView::startEdit(const KMyMoneyRegister::Selected
}
if(editor) {
if(tqparent == m_register) {
if(parent == m_register) {
// make sure, the height of the table is correct
m_register->updateRegister(KMyMoneyGlobalSettings::ledgerLens() | !KMyMoneyGlobalSettings::transactionForm());
}
@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ TransactionEditor* KGlobalLedgerView::startEdit(const KMyMoneyRegister::Selected
connect(editor, TQT_SIGNAL(assignNumber(void)), kmymoney2, TQT_SLOT(slotTransactionAssignNumber()));
connect(editor, TQT_SIGNAL(lastPostDateUsed(const TQDate&)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotKeepPostDate(const TQDate&)));
// create the widgets, place them in the tqparent and load them with data
// create the widgets, place them in the parent and load them with data
// setup tab order
m_tabOrderWidgets.clear();
editor->setup(m_tabOrderWidgets, m_account, d->m_action);
@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ bool KGlobalLedgerView::focusNextPrevChild(bool next)
w = tqApp->tqfocusWidget();
while(w && m_tabOrderWidgets.find(w) == -1) {
// qDebug("'%s' not in list, use tqparent", w->className());
// qDebug("'%s' not in list, use parent", w->className());
w = w->parentWidget();
}
// if(w) qDebug("tab order is at '%s'", w->className());

@ -68,10 +68,10 @@ class MousePressFilter : public TQObject
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
MousePressFilter(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
MousePressFilter(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
/**
* Add widget @p w to the list of possible tqparent objects. See eventFilter() how
* Add widget @p w to the list of possible parent objects. See eventFilter() how
* they will be used.
*/
void addWidget(TQWidget* w);
@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ public slots:
protected:
/**
* This method checks if the widget @p child is a child of
* the widget @p tqparent and returns either @a true or @a false.
* the widget @p parent and returns either @a true or @a false.
*
* @param child pointer to child widget
* @param tqparent pointer to tqparent widget
* @retval true @p child points to widget which has @p tqparent as tqparent or grand-tqparent
* @retval false @p child points to a widget which is not related to @p tqparent
* @param parent pointer to parent widget
* @retval true @p child points to widget which has @p parent as parent or grand-parent
* @retval false @p child points to a widget which is not related to @p parent
*/
bool isChildOf(TQWidget* child, TQWidget* tqparent);
bool isChildOf(TQWidget* child, TQWidget* parent);
/**
* Reimplemented from base class. Sends out the mousePressedOnExternalWidget() signal
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ class KGlobalLedgerView : public KMyMoneyViewBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KGlobalLedgerView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KGlobalLedgerView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KGlobalLedgerView();
/**

@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ void KHomeView::Private::addNameIndex(TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyAccount> &idx, cons
}
}
KHomeView::KHomeView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KMyMoneyViewBase(tqparent, name, i18n("Home")),
KHomeView::KHomeView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KMyMoneyViewBase(parent, name, i18n("Home")),
d(new Private),
m_showAllSchedules(false),
m_needReload(true)

@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ public:
Payment = 2 ///< show payment accounts
};
KHomeView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KHomeView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KHomeView();
protected:

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include "../kmymoneyglobalsettings.h"
#include "../kmymoney2.h"
KInstitutionsView::KInstitutionsView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KInstitutionsViewDecl(tqparent,name),
KInstitutionsView::KInstitutionsView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KInstitutionsViewDecl(parent,name),
m_needReload(false)
{
m_accountTree->header()->setLabel(0, i18n("Institution/Account"));
@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ void KInstitutionsView::loadAccounts(void)
}
// we need to make sure we show stock accounts
// under the right institution (the one of the tqparent account)
// under the right institution (the one of the parent account)
TQMap<TQString, MyMoneyAccount>::iterator it_am;
for(it_am = m_accountMap.begin(); it_am != m_accountMap.end(); ++it_am) {
if((*it_am).isInvest()) {
@ -199,10 +199,10 @@ void KInstitutionsView::loadAccounts(void)
::timetrace("done load institutions view");
}
void KInstitutionsView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent)
void KInstitutionsView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* parent)
{
bool showClosedAccounts = kmymoney2->toggleAction("view_show_all_accounts")->isChecked();
const MyMoneyAccount& account = dynamic_cast<const MyMoneyAccount&>(tqparent->itemObject());
const MyMoneyAccount& account = dynamic_cast<const MyMoneyAccount&>(parent->itemObject());
TQValueList<TQString>::const_iterator it_a;
MyMoneyFile* file = MyMoneyFile::instance();
for(it_a = account.accountList().begin(); it_a != account.accountList().end(); ++it_a) {
@ -218,13 +218,13 @@ void KInstitutionsView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent)
MyMoneySecurity sec = m_securityMap[security.tradingCurrency()];
prices += file->price(sec.id(), file->baseCurrency().id());
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* item = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(tqparent, acc, prices, security);
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* item = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(parent, acc, prices, security);
if(acc.id() == m_reconciliationAccount.id())
item->setReconciliation(true);
}
}
void KInstitutionsView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent, const TQString& institutionId)
void KInstitutionsView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* parent, const TQString& institutionId)
{
MyMoneyFile* file = MyMoneyFile::instance();
@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ void KInstitutionsView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent, const
delete e;
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* item = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(tqparent, acc, prices, security);
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* item = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(parent, acc, prices, security);
if(acc.id() == m_reconciliationAccount.id())
item->setReconciliation(true);
@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ void KInstitutionsView::loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent, const
// it does not take the negative sign for liability accounts
// into account. So we correct this here with the value we
// have calculated while filling the list
tqparent->adjustTotalValue(-tqparent->totalValue()); // load a 0
tqparent->adjustTotalValue(value); // now store the new value
parent->adjustTotalValue(-parent->totalValue()); // load a 0
parent->adjustTotalValue(value); // now store the new value
// we need to call slotUpdateNetWorth() here manually, because
// KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem::adjustTotalValue() does not send out

@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ class KInstitutionsView : public KInstitutionsViewDecl
private:
public:
KInstitutionsView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KInstitutionsView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~KInstitutionsView();
public slots:
@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ protected:
void loadAccounts(void);
// load accounts that are kept at a specific institution
void loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent, const TQString& institutionId);
void loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* parent, const TQString& institutionId);
// load stock accounts under the investment account (tqparent)
void loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent);
// load stock accounts under the investment account (parent)
void loadSubAccounts(KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* parent);
protected slots:
void slotUpdateNetWorth(void);

@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/mymoneysecurity.h>
#include <kmymoney/mymoneyfile.h>
KInvestmentListItem::KInvestmentListItem(KListView* tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account)
: KListViewItem(tqparent)
KInvestmentListItem::KInvestmentListItem(KListView* parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account)
: KListViewItem(parent)
{
bColumn5Negative = false;
bColumn6Negative = false;
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ KInvestmentListItem::KInvestmentListItem(KListView* tqparent, const MyMoneyAccou
bColumn9Negative = false;
m_account = account;
m_listView = tqparent;
m_listView = parent;
MyMoneySecurity security;
MyMoneyFile* file = MyMoneyFile::instance();

@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
class KInvestmentListItem : public KListViewItem
{
public:
KInvestmentListItem(KListView* tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& security);
KInvestmentListItem(KListView* parent, const MyMoneyAccount& security);
~KInvestmentListItem();
TQString securityId() const { return m_account.currencyId(); };

@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ public:
KInvestmentView::KInvestmentView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KInvestmentViewDecl(tqparent,name),
KInvestmentView::KInvestmentView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KInvestmentViewDecl(parent,name),
d(new Private)
{
m_table->setRootIsDecorated(false);
@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ bool KInvestmentView::slotSelectAccount(const TQString& id, const TQString& tran
try {
d->m_account = MyMoneyFile::instance()->account(id);
// if a stock account is selected, we show the
// the corresponding tqparent (investment) account
// the corresponding parent (investment) account
if(d->m_account.isInvest()) {
d->m_account = MyMoneyFile::instance()->account(d->m_account.parentAccountId());
}

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KInvestmentView : public KInvestmentViewDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KInvestmentView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KInvestmentView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KInvestmentView();
/**

@ -120,15 +120,15 @@
#define RECOVER_KEY_ID "0xD2B08440"
KMyMoneyView::KMyMoneyView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KJanusWidget(tqparent, name, KJanusWidget::IconList),
KMyMoneyView::KMyMoneyView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KJanusWidget(parent, name, KJanusWidget::IconList),
// m_bankRightClick(false),
m_inConstructor(true),
m_fileOpen(false),
m_fmode(0600)
{
// the global variable kmymoney2 is not yet assigned. So we construct it here
TQObject* kmymoney2 = tqparent->tqparent();
TQObject* kmymoney2 = parent->parent();
const int iconSize = (KMyMoneyGlobalSettings::iconSize()+1)*16;
newStorage();
@ -276,9 +276,9 @@ KMyMoneyView::~KMyMoneyView()
removeStorage();
}
void KMyMoneyView::addTitleBar(TQWidget* tqparent, const TQString& title)
void KMyMoneyView::addTitleBar(TQWidget* parent, const TQString& title)
{
KMyMoneyTitleLabel* label = new KMyMoneyTitleLabel( tqparent, "titleLabel" );
KMyMoneyTitleLabel* label = new KMyMoneyTitleLabel( parent, "titleLabel" );
label->setMinimumSize( TQSize( 100, 30 ) );
label->setRightImageFile("pics/titlelabel_background.png" );
label->setText(title);
@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ void KMyMoneyView::slotLedgerSelected(const TQString& _accId, const TQString& tr
switch(acc.accountType()) {
case MyMoneyAccount::Stock:
// if a stock account is selected, we show the
// the corresponding tqparent (investment) account
// the corresponding parent (investment) account
acc = MyMoneyFile::instance()->account(acc.parentAccountId());
accId = acc.id();
// tricky fall through here
@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ void KMyMoneyView::saveToLocalFile(TQFile* qfile, IMyMoneyStorageFormat* pWriter
}
}
int tqmask = umask((~m_fmode) & 0777);
int mask = umask((~m_fmode) & 0777);
bool blocked = MyMoneyFile::instance()->signalsBlocked();
MyMoneyFile::instance()->blockSignals(true);
MyMoneyFileTransaction ft;
@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ void KMyMoneyView::saveToLocalFile(TQFile* qfile, IMyMoneyStorageFormat* pWriter
statusDevice = base->device();
}
}
umask(tqmask);
umask(mask);
ft.commit();
pWriter->setProgressCallback(&KMyMoneyView::progressCallback);
@ -1135,9 +1135,9 @@ bool KMyMoneyView::saveFile(const KURL& url, const TQString& keyList)
// create a new basic block here, so that the object qfile gets
// deleted, before we reach the chown() call
{
int tqmask = umask((~fmode) & 0777);
int mask = umask((~fmode) & 0777);
KSaveFile qfile(filename, fmode);
umask(tqmask);
umask(mask);
if(qfile.status() == 0) {
try {
saveToLocalFile(qfile.file(), pWriter, plaintext, keyList);
@ -1784,14 +1784,14 @@ void KMyMoneyView::fixFile_0(void)
}
// until early before 0.8 release, the equity account was not saved to
// the file. If we have an equity account with no sub-accounts but
// find and equity account that has equity() as it's tqparent, we reparent
// find and equity account that has equity() as it's parent, we reparent
// this account. Need to move it to asset() first, because otherwise
// MyMoneyFile::reparent would act as NOP.
if(equityListEmpty && (*it_a).accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Equity) {
if((*it_a).parentAccountId() == equity.id()) {
MyMoneyAccount acc = *it_a;
// tricky, force tqparent account to be empty so that we really
// can re-tqparent it
// tricky, force parent account to be empty so that we really
// can re-parent it
acc.setParentAccountId(TQString());
file->reparentAccount(acc, equity);
kdDebug(2) << __func__ << " fixed account " << acc.id() << " reparented to " << equity.id() << endl;
@ -2207,8 +2207,8 @@ class KMyMoneyViewBase::Private {
TQVBoxLayout* m_viewLayout;
};
KMyMoneyViewBase::KMyMoneyViewBase(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name, const TQString& title) :
TQWidget(tqparent, name),
KMyMoneyViewBase::KMyMoneyViewBase(TQWidget* parent, const char* name, const TQString& title) :
TQWidget(parent, name),
d(new Private)
{
d->m_viewLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this);

@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ private:
fileTypeE m_fileType;
private:
void addTitleBar(TQWidget* tqparent, const TQString& title);
void addTitleBar(TQWidget* parent, const TQString& title);
void ungetString(TQIODevice *qfile, char * buf, int len);
@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ public:
* The constructor for KMyMoneyView. Just creates all the tabs for the
* different aspects of the MyMoneyFile.
*/
KMyMoneyView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KMyMoneyView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
/**
* Destructor
@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ class KMyMoneyViewBase : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyViewBase(TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name, const TQString& title);
KMyMoneyViewBase(TQWidget* parent, const char *name, const TQString& title);
virtual ~KMyMoneyViewBase();
void setTitle(const TQString& title);

@ -260,8 +260,8 @@ void KTransactionPtrVector::setPayeeId(const TQString& id)
// *** KPayeeListItem Implementation ***
KPayeeListItem::KPayeeListItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyPayee& payee) :
KListViewItem(tqparent),
KPayeeListItem::KPayeeListItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyPayee& payee) :
KListViewItem(parent),
m_payee(payee)
{
setText(0, payee.name());
@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ void KPayeeListItem::paintCell(TQPainter *p, const TQColorGroup & cg, int column
TQListViewItem::paintCell(p, cg2, column, width, align);
}
KTransactionListItem::KTransactionListItem(KListView* view, KTransactionListItem* tqparent, const TQString& accountId, const TQString& transactionId) :
KListViewItem(view, tqparent)
KTransactionListItem::KTransactionListItem(KListView* view, KTransactionListItem* parent, const TQString& accountId, const TQString& transactionId) :
KListViewItem(view, parent)
{
m_accountId = accountId;
m_transactionId = transactionId;
@ -315,8 +315,8 @@ const TQColor KTransactionListItem::backgroundColor(void)
// *** KPayeesView Implementation ***
KPayeesView::KPayeesView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KPayeesViewDecl(tqparent,name),
KPayeesView::KPayeesView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KPayeesViewDecl(parent,name),
m_needReload(false),
m_needConnection(true),
m_updatesQueued(0),

@ -147,12 +147,12 @@ public:
/**
* Constructor to be used to construct a payee entry object.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param payee const reference to MyMoneyPayee for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
*/
KPayeeListItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyPayee& payee);
KPayeeListItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyPayee& payee);
~KPayeeListItem();
/**
@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ private:
class KTransactionListItem : public KListViewItem
{
public:
KTransactionListItem(KListView* view, KTransactionListItem* tqparent, const TQString& accountId, const TQString& transaction);
KTransactionListItem(KListView* view, KTransactionListItem* parent, const TQString& accountId, const TQString& transaction);
~KTransactionListItem();
const TQString& transactionId(void) const { return m_transactionId; };
@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ class KPayeesView : public KPayeesViewDecl
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KPayeesView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KPayeesView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KPayeesView();
void show(void);

@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ using namespace reports;
* KReportsView::KReportTab Implementation
*/
KReportsView::KReportTab::KReportTab(KTabWidget* tqparent, const MyMoneyReport& report ):
TQWidget( tqparent, "reporttab" ),
KReportsView::KReportTab::KReportTab(KTabWidget* parent, const MyMoneyReport& report ):
TQWidget( parent, "reporttab" ),
m_part( new KHTMLPart( this, "reporttabpart" ) ),
m_chartView( new KReportChartView( this, "reportchart" ) ),
m_control( new kMyMoneyReportControlDecl( this, "reportcontrol" ) ),
@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ KReportsView::KReportTab::KReportTab(KTabWidget* tqparent, const MyMoneyReport&
if ( icon == TQString() )
icon = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource("icon", "hicolor/16x16/apps/kmymoney2.png");
tqparent->insertTab( this, TQIconSet(TQPixmap(icon)), report.name() );
tqparent->setTabEnabled( this, true );
parent->insertTab( this, TQIconSet(TQPixmap(icon)), report.name() );
parent->setTabEnabled( this, true );
#ifdef HAVE_KDCHART
if ( m_report.isChartByDefault() )
@ -311,8 +311,8 @@ public:
TQCheckBox* includeCSS;
};
KReportsView::KReportsView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KMyMoneyViewBase(tqparent, name, i18n("Reports")),
KReportsView::KReportsView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KMyMoneyViewBase(parent, name, i18n("Reports")),
d(new Private),
m_needReload(false)
{
@ -384,8 +384,8 @@ TQString KReportsView::KReportGroupListItem::key ( int column, bool ascending )
return KListViewItem::key(column,ascending);
}
KReportsView::KReportGroupListItem::KReportGroupListItem(KListView* tqparent, const int nr, TQString name) :
KListViewItem(tqparent),
KReportsView::KReportGroupListItem::KReportGroupListItem(KListView* parent, const int nr, TQString name) :
KListViewItem(parent),
m_name(name)
{
setNr(nr);

@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public:
reports::ReportTable* m_table;
public:
KReportTab(KTabWidget* tqparent, const MyMoneyReport& report );
KReportTab(KTabWidget* parent, const MyMoneyReport& report );
~KReportTab();
const MyMoneyReport& report(void) const { return m_report; }
void print(void);
@ -134,13 +134,13 @@ public:
MyMoneyReport m_report;
public:
KReportListItem( KListView* tqparent, const MyMoneyReport& report ):
KListViewItem( tqparent, report.name(), report.comment() ),
KReportListItem( KListView* parent, const MyMoneyReport& report ):
KListViewItem( parent, report.name(), report.comment() ),
m_id( report.id() ),
m_report( report )
{}
KReportListItem( KListViewItem* tqparent, const MyMoneyReport& report ):
KListViewItem( tqparent, report.name(), report.comment() ),
KReportListItem( KListViewItem* parent, const MyMoneyReport& report ):
KListViewItem( parent, report.name(), report.comment() ),
m_id( report.id() ),
m_report( report )
{}
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ public:
TQString m_name;
public:
KReportGroupListItem( KListView* tqparent,const int nr,const TQString name);
KReportGroupListItem( KListView* parent,const int nr,const TQString name);
virtual TQString key ( int column, bool ascending ) const;
void setNr(const int nr);
};
@ -195,14 +195,14 @@ public:
/**
* Standard constructor.
*
* @param tqparent The TQWidget this is used in.
* @param parent The TQWidget this is used in.
* @param name The QT name.
*
* @return An object of type KReportsView
*
* @see ~KReportsView
*/
KReportsView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KReportsView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
/**
* Standard destructor.

@ -42,8 +42,8 @@
#include "../kmymoneyglobalsettings.h"
#include "../kmymoneyutils.h"
KScheduledListItem::KScheduledListItem(KListView *tqparent, const TQString& name, const TQPixmap& pixmap, const TQString& sortKey) :
KListViewItem(tqparent, name),
KScheduledListItem::KScheduledListItem(KListView *parent, const TQString& name, const TQPixmap& pixmap, const TQString& sortKey) :
KListViewItem(parent, name),
m_sortKey(sortKey)
{
setPixmap(0, pixmap);
@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ KScheduledListItem::KScheduledListItem(KListView *tqparent, const TQString& name
m_sortKey = name;
}
KScheduledListItem::KScheduledListItem(KScheduledListItem *tqparent, const MyMoneySchedule& schedule/*, bool even*/)
: KListViewItem(tqparent)
KScheduledListItem::KScheduledListItem(KScheduledListItem *parent, const MyMoneySchedule& schedule/*, bool even*/)
: KListViewItem(parent)
{
m_schedule = schedule;
m_sortKey = schedule.name();
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ void KScheduledListItem::paintCell(TQPainter* p, const TQColorGroup& cg, int col
cg2.setColor(TQColorGroup::Text, textColour);
// display group items in bold
if (!tqparent())
if (!parent())
cellFont.setBold(true);
p->setFont(cellFont);

@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ public:
*
* Other types may be added in the future.
*
* @param tqparent The list view to be a child of.
* @param parent The list view to be a child of.
* @param description The (translated) description.
* @param pixmap A pixmap for the entry
* @param sortKey a sortkey, if empty, @c description will be used.
*
* @see MyMoneySchedule
*/
KScheduledListItem(KListView *tqparent, const TQString& description, const TQPixmap& pixmap = TQPixmap(), const TQString& sortKey = TQString());
KScheduledListItem(KListView *parent, const TQString& description, const TQPixmap& pixmap = TQPixmap(), const TQString& sortKey = TQString());
/**
* This constructor is used to create a child of one of the tqchildren
@ -71,12 +71,12 @@ public:
*
* This child describes a schedule and represents the data in schedule.
*
* @param tqparent The list view item to be a child of.
* @param parent The list view item to be a child of.
* @param schedule The schedule to be represented.
*
* @see MyMoneySchedule
*/
KScheduledListItem(KScheduledListItem *tqparent, const MyMoneySchedule& schedule/*, bool even*/);
KScheduledListItem(KScheduledListItem *parent, const MyMoneySchedule& schedule/*, bool even*/);
/**
* Standard destructor.

@ -55,8 +55,8 @@
#include "../kmymoney2.h"
KScheduledView::KScheduledView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KScheduledViewDecl(tqparent,name, false),
KScheduledView::KScheduledView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KScheduledViewDecl(parent,name, false),
m_openBills(true),
m_openDeposits(true),
m_openTransfers(true),
@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ void KScheduledView::refresh(bool full, const TQString& schedId)
if (!bContinue)
continue;
KScheduledListItem* tqparent = 0;
KScheduledListItem* parent = 0;
switch (schedData.type())
{
case MyMoneySchedule::TYPE_ANY:
@ -204,25 +204,25 @@ void KScheduledView::refresh(bool full, const TQString& schedId)
// We just sort it as bill and fall through here
case MyMoneySchedule::TYPE_BILL:
tqparent = itemBills;
parent = itemBills;
break;
case MyMoneySchedule::TYPE_DEPOSIT:
tqparent = itemDeposits;
parent = itemDeposits;
break;
case MyMoneySchedule::TYPE_TRANSFER:
tqparent = itemTransfers;
parent = itemTransfers;
break;
case MyMoneySchedule::TYPE_LOANPAYMENT:
tqparent = itemLoans;
parent = itemLoans;
break;
}
if(tqparent) {
if(parent) {
if(!KMyMoneyGlobalSettings::hideFinishedSchedules() || !schedData.isFinished()) {
item = new KScheduledListItem(tqparent, schedData);
item = new KScheduledListItem(parent, schedData);
if (schedData.id() == schedId)
openItem = item;
}

@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public:
/**
* Standard constructor for TQWidgets.
*/
KScheduledView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KScheduledView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
/**
* Standard destructor.

@ -41,14 +41,14 @@
class KTemplateListItem : public KListViewItem
{
public:
KTemplateListItem(TQListViewItem* tqparent, const TQString& text);
KTemplateListItem(TQListViewItem* parent, const TQString& text);
void setAvailable(void);
public:
bool m_isAvailable;
};
KTemplateListItem::KTemplateListItem(TQListViewItem* tqparent, const TQString& text) :
KListViewItem(tqparent, text),
KTemplateListItem::KTemplateListItem(TQListViewItem* parent, const TQString& text) :
KListViewItem(parent, text),
m_isAvailable(false)
{
}
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ class KAccountTemplateSelector::Private
Private(KAccountTemplateSelector* p) { m_parent = p; }
#ifndef KMM_DESIGNER
TQValueList<MyMoneyTemplate> selectedTemplates(void) const;
TQListViewItem* hierarchyItem(const TQString& tqparent, const TQString& name);
TQListViewItem* hierarchyItem(const TQString& parent, const TQString& name);
void loadHierarchy(void);
#endif
@ -82,15 +82,15 @@ class KAccountTemplateSelector::Private
#ifndef KMM_DESIGNER
TQListViewItem* KAccountTemplateSelector::Private::hierarchyItem(const TQString& tqparent, const TQString& name)
TQListViewItem* KAccountTemplateSelector::Private::hierarchyItem(const TQString& parent, const TQString& name)
{
if(!m_templateHierarchy.contains(tqparent)
|| m_templateHierarchy[tqparent] == 0) {
if(!m_templateHierarchy.contains(parent)
|| m_templateHierarchy[parent] == 0) {
TQRegExp exp("(.*):(.*)");
if(exp.search(tqparent) != -1)
m_templateHierarchy[tqparent] = hierarchyItem(exp.cap(1), exp.cap(2));
if(exp.search(parent) != -1)
m_templateHierarchy[parent] = hierarchyItem(exp.cap(1), exp.cap(2));
}
return new KTemplateListItem(m_templateHierarchy[tqparent], name);
return new KTemplateListItem(m_templateHierarchy[parent], name);
}
void KAccountTemplateSelector::Private::loadHierarchy(void)
@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ TQValueList<MyMoneyTemplate> KAccountTemplateSelector::Private::selectedTemplate
#endif
KAccountTemplateSelector::KAccountTemplateSelector(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KAccountTemplateSelectorDecl(tqparent, name),
KAccountTemplateSelector::KAccountTemplateSelector(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KAccountTemplateSelectorDecl(parent, name),
d(new Private(this))
{
m_accountList->header()->hide();
@ -233,8 +233,8 @@ void KAccountTemplateSelector::slotLoadCountry(void)
{
#ifndef KMM_DESIGNER
KListViewItem* tqparent = new KListViewItem(m_groupList, d->it_m.key());
tqparent->setSelectable(false);
KListViewItem* parent = new KListViewItem(m_groupList, d->it_m.key());
parent->setSelectable(false);
TQStringList::iterator it;
for(it = d->dirlist.begin(); it != d->dirlist.end(); ++it) {
TQStringList::iterator it_f;
@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ void KAccountTemplateSelector::slotLoadCountry(void)
for(it_f = files.begin(); it_f != files.end(); ++it_f) {
MyMoneyTemplate templ(TQString("%1/%2").tqarg(dir.canonicalPath()).tqarg(*it_f));
d->m_templates[TQString("%1").tqarg(d->id)] = templ;
new KListViewItem(tqparent, templ.title(), templ.shortDescription(), TQString("%1").tqarg(d->id));
new KListViewItem(parent, templ.title(), templ.shortDescription(), TQString("%1").tqarg(d->id));
++d->id;
}
}

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class KAccountTemplateSelector : public KAccountTemplateSelectorDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KAccountTemplateSelector(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KAccountTemplateSelector(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~KAccountTemplateSelector();
TQValueList<MyMoneyTemplate> selectedTemplates(void) const;

@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ inline TQString kmm_i18n(const char* msg) { return i18n(msg); }
#include <tqwhatsthis.h>
/*
* Constructs a KAccountTemplateSelectorDecl as a child of 'tqparent', with the
* Constructs a KAccountTemplateSelectorDecl as a child of 'parent', with the
* name 'name' and widget flags set to 'f'.
*/
KAccountTemplateSelectorDecl::KAccountTemplateSelectorDecl( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name, WFlags fl )
: TQWidget( tqparent, name, fl )
KAccountTemplateSelectorDecl::KAccountTemplateSelectorDecl( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags fl )
: TQWidget( parent, name, fl )
{
if ( !name )
setName( "KAccountTemplateSelectorDecl" );

@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
#include "kbudgetvalues.h"
#include <kmymoney/kmymoneyedit.h>
KBudgetValues::KBudgetValues(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KBudgetValuesDecl(tqparent, name),
KBudgetValues::KBudgetValues(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KBudgetValuesDecl(parent, name),
m_currentTab(m_monthlyButton)
{
m_budgetDate = TQDate(2007,1,1);

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KBudgetValues : public KBudgetValuesDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KBudgetValues(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KBudgetValues(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~KBudgetValues();
void setBudgetValues(const MyMoneyBudget& budget, const MyMoneyBudget::AccountGroup& budgetAccount);

@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ inline TQString kmm_i18n(const char* msg) { return i18n(msg); }
#include <tqwhatsthis.h>
/*
* Constructs a KBudgetValuesDecl as a child of 'tqparent', with the
* Constructs a KBudgetValuesDecl as a child of 'parent', with the
* name 'name' and widget flags set to 'f'.
*/
KBudgetValuesDecl::KBudgetValuesDecl( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name, WFlags fl )
: TQWidget( tqparent, name, fl )
KBudgetValuesDecl::KBudgetValuesDecl( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags fl )
: TQWidget( parent, name, fl )
{
if ( !name )
setName( "KBudgetValuesDecl" );

@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ class kMandatoryFieldGroup : public TQObject
TQ_OBJECT
public:
kMandatoryFieldGroup(TQObject *tqparent) :
TQObject(tqparent), okButton(0), m_enabled(true) {}
kMandatoryFieldGroup(TQObject *parent) :
TQObject(parent), okButton(0), m_enabled(true) {}
/**
* This method adds a widget to the list of mandatory fields for the current dialog

@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ public:
// public methods
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
KListViewSearchLine::KListViewSearchLine(TQWidget *tqparent, KListView *listView, const char *name) :
KLineEdit(tqparent, name)
KListViewSearchLine::KListViewSearchLine(TQWidget *parent, KListView *listView, const char *name) :
KLineEdit(parent, name)
{
d = new KListViewSearchLinePrivate;
@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ KListViewSearchLine::KListViewSearchLine(TQWidget *tqparent, KListView *listView
setEnabled(false);
}
KListViewSearchLine::KListViewSearchLine(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
KLineEdit(tqparent, name)
KListViewSearchLine::KListViewSearchLine(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
KLineEdit(parent, name)
{
d = new KListViewSearchLinePrivate;
@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ public:
};
KListViewSearchLineWidget::KListViewSearchLineWidget(KListView *listView,
TQWidget *tqparent,
TQWidget *parent,
const char *name) :
TQHBox(tqparent, name)
TQHBox(parent, name)
{
d = new KListViewSearchLineWidgetPrivate;
d->listView = listView;
@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ KListViewSearchLine *KListViewSearchLineWidget::searchLine() const
void KListViewSearchLineWidget::positionInToolBar()
{
KToolBar *toolBar = dynamic_cast<KToolBar *>(tqparent());
KToolBar *toolBar = dynamic_cast<KToolBar *>(parent());
if(toolBar) {

@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ public:
* If \a listView is null then the widget will be disabled until a listview
* is set with setListView().
*/
KListViewSearchLine(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, KListView *listView = 0, const char *name = 0);
KListViewSearchLine(TQWidget *parent = 0, KListView *listView = 0, const char *name = 0);
/**
* Constructs a KListViewSearchLine without any KListView to filter. The
* KListView object has to be set later with setListView().
*/
KListViewSearchLine(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name);
KListViewSearchLine(TQWidget *parent, const char *name);
/**
* Destroys the KListViewSearchLine.
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ public slots:
/**
* When a search is active on a list that's organized into a tree view if
* a tqparent or ancesestor of an item is does not match the search then it
* a parent or ancesestor of an item is does not match the search then it
* will be hidden and as such so too will any tqchildren that match.
*
* If this is set to true (the default) then the parents of matching items
@ -183,13 +183,13 @@ protected slots:
private:
/**
* This is used in case tqparent items of matching items shouldn't be
* This is used in case parent items of matching items shouldn't be
* visible. It hides all items that don't match the search string.
*/
void checkItemParentsNotVisible();
/**
* This is used in case tqparent items of matching items should be visible.
* This is used in case parent items of matching items should be visible.
* It makes a recursive call to all tqchildren. It returns true if at least
* one item in the subtree with the given root item is visible.
*/
@ -218,10 +218,10 @@ class KMYMONEY_EXPORT KListViewSearchLineWidget : public TQHBox
public:
/**
* Creates a KListViewSearchLineWidget for \a listView with \a tqparent as the
* tqparent with and \a name.
* Creates a KListViewSearchLineWidget for \a listView with \a parent as the
* parent with and \a name.
*/
KListViewSearchLineWidget(KListView *listView = 0, TQWidget *tqparent = 0,
KListViewSearchLineWidget(KListView *listView = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0,
const char *name = 0);
/**

@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/kmymoneyaccountcombo.h>
#include "kmymoneyaccountcompletion.h"
KMyMoneyAccountCombo::KMyMoneyAccountCombo( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ) :
KComboBox( tqparent, name ),
KMyMoneyAccountCombo::KMyMoneyAccountCombo( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) :
KComboBox( parent, name ),
m_completion(0),
m_mlbDown(false)
{

@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ class KMyMoneyAccountCombo : public KComboBox
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyAccountCombo( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
KMyMoneyAccountCombo( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~KMyMoneyAccountCombo();
/**

@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
#include "kmymoneyaccountcompletion.h"
#include <kmymoney/mymoneyfile.h>
kMyMoneyAccountCompletion::kMyMoneyAccountCompletion(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
kMyMoneyCompletion(tqparent, name)
kMyMoneyAccountCompletion::kMyMoneyAccountCompletion(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
kMyMoneyCompletion(parent, name)
{
delete m_selector;
m_selector = new kMyMoneyAccountSelector(this, 0, 0, false);

@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ class kMyMoneyAccountCompletion : public kMyMoneyCompletion
TQ_OBJECT
public:
kMyMoneyAccountCompletion(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
kMyMoneyAccountCompletion(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~kMyMoneyAccountCompletion();
TQStringList accountList(const TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE>& list = TQValueList<MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE>()) const { return selector()->accountList(list); }

@ -49,8 +49,8 @@
#include "../kmymoneyutils.h"
#include "../kmymoneyglobalsettings.h"
kMyMoneyAccountSelector::kMyMoneyAccountSelector(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, TQWidget::WFlags flags, const bool createButtons) :
KMyMoneySelector(tqparent, name, flags),
kMyMoneyAccountSelector::kMyMoneyAccountSelector(TQWidget *parent, const char *name, TQWidget::WFlags flags, const bool createButtons) :
KMyMoneySelector(parent, name, flags),
m_allAccountsButton(0),
m_noAccountButton(0),
m_incomeCategoriesButton(0),
@ -349,23 +349,23 @@ int AccountSet::load(kMyMoneyAccountSelector* selector)
key = TQString("A%1").tqarg(i18n("Favorites"));
m_favorites = selector->newItem(i18n("Favorites"), key);
for(int tqmask = 0x01; tqmask != KMyMoneyUtils::last; tqmask <<= 1) {
for(int mask = 0x01; mask != KMyMoneyUtils::last; mask <<= 1) {
TQListViewItem* item = 0;
if((typeMask & tqmask & KMyMoneyUtils::asset) != 0) {
if((typeMask & mask & KMyMoneyUtils::asset) != 0) {
++m_count;
key = TQString("B%1").tqarg(i18n("Asset"));
item = selector->newItem(i18n("Asset accounts"), key);
list = m_file->asset().accountList();
}
if((typeMask & tqmask & KMyMoneyUtils::liability) != 0) {
if((typeMask & mask & KMyMoneyUtils::liability) != 0) {
++m_count;
key = TQString("C%1").tqarg(i18n("Liability"));
item = selector->newItem(i18n("Liability accounts"), key);
list = m_file->liability().accountList();
}
if((typeMask & tqmask & KMyMoneyUtils::income) != 0) {
if((typeMask & mask & KMyMoneyUtils::income) != 0) {
++m_count;
key = TQString("D%1").tqarg(i18n("Income"));
item = selector->newItem(i18n("Income categories"), key);
@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ int AccountSet::load(kMyMoneyAccountSelector* selector)
}
}
if((typeMask & tqmask & KMyMoneyUtils::expense) != 0) {
if((typeMask & mask & KMyMoneyUtils::expense) != 0) {
++m_count;
key = TQString("E%1").tqarg(i18n("Expense"));
item = selector->newItem(i18n("Expense categories"), key);
@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ int AccountSet::load(kMyMoneyAccountSelector* selector)
}
}
if((typeMask & tqmask & KMyMoneyUtils::equity) != 0) {
if((typeMask & mask & KMyMoneyUtils::equity) != 0) {
++m_count;
key = TQString("F%1").tqarg(i18n("Equity"));
item = selector->newItem(i18n("Equity accounts"), key);
@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ int AccountSet::load(kMyMoneyAccountSelector* selector, const TQString& baseName
return count;
}
int AccountSet::loadSubAccounts(kMyMoneyAccountSelector* selector, TQListViewItem* tqparent, const TQString& key, const TQStringList& list)
int AccountSet::loadSubAccounts(kMyMoneyAccountSelector* selector, TQListViewItem* parent, const TQString& key, const TQStringList& list)
{
TQStringList::ConstIterator it_l;
int count = 0;
@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ int AccountSet::loadSubAccounts(kMyMoneyAccountSelector* selector, TQListViewIte
tmpKey = key + MyMoneyFile::AccountSeperator + acc.name();
++count;
++m_count;
TQListViewItem* item = selector->newItem(tqparent, acc.name(), tmpKey, acc.id());
TQListViewItem* item = selector->newItem(parent, acc.name(), tmpKey, acc.id());
if(acc.value("PreferredAccount") == "Yes"
&& m_typeList.contains(acc.accountType())) {
selector->newItem(m_favorites, acc.name(), tmpKey, acc.id());

@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ class kMyMoneyAccountSelector : public KMyMoneySelector
public:
friend class AccountSet;
kMyMoneyAccountSelector(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, TQWidget::WFlags flags = 0, const bool createButtons = true);
kMyMoneyAccountSelector(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, TQWidget::WFlags flags = 0, const bool createButtons = true);
virtual ~kMyMoneyAccountSelector();
/**
@ -120,13 +120,13 @@ public slots:
protected:
/**
* This method loads the list of subaccounts as found in the
* @p list and attaches them to the tqparent widget passed as @p tqparent.
* @p list and attaches them to the parent widget passed as @p parent.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to tqparent widget
* @param parent pointer to parent widget
* @param list TQStringList containing the ids of all subaccounts to load
* @return This method returns the number of accounts loaded into the list
*/
int loadSubAccounts(TQListViewItem* tqparent, const TQStringList& list);
int loadSubAccounts(TQListViewItem* parent, const TQStringList& list);
/**
* This is a helper method for selectAllIncomeCategories()
@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public:
bool isHidingClosedAccounts (void) { return m_hideClosedAccounts; }
protected:
int loadSubAccounts(kMyMoneyAccountSelector* selector, TQListViewItem* tqparent, const TQString& key, const TQStringList& list);
int loadSubAccounts(kMyMoneyAccountSelector* selector, TQListViewItem* parent, const TQString& key, const TQStringList& list);
bool includeAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& acc);
private:

@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/kmymoneyutils.h>
KMyMoneyAccountTree::KMyMoneyAccountTree(TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase(tqparent,name)
KMyMoneyAccountTree::KMyMoneyAccountTree(TQWidget* parent, const char *name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase(parent,name)
{
showType();
@ -62,22 +62,22 @@ KMyMoneyAccountTree::KMyMoneyAccountTree(TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name) :
showValue();
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneySecurity& security , const TQString& name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(tqparent,account,security,name),
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneySecurity& security , const TQString& name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(parent,account,security,name),
m_reconcileFlag(false)
{
updateAccount();
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price, const MyMoneySecurity& security) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(tqparent,account,price,security),
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price, const MyMoneySecurity& security) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(parent,account,price,security),
m_reconcileFlag(false)
{
updateAccount();
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyInstitution& institution) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(tqparent,institution),
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyInstitution& institution) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(parent,institution),
m_reconcileFlag(false)
{
}

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ class KMyMoneyAccountTree : public KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyAccountTree(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KMyMoneyAccountTree(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
int taxReportColumn(void) const { return m_taxReportColumn; }
int vatCategoryColumn(void) const { return m_vatCategoryColumn; }
private:
@ -43,18 +43,18 @@ public:
* Constructor to be used to construct an institution entry
* object.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param institution const reference to MyMoneyInstitution for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
*/
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyInstitution& institution);
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyInstitution& institution);
/**
* Constructor to be used to construct a standard account entry object (e.g. Asset,
* Liability, etc.).
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param account const reference to MyMoneyAccount for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ public:
* @param name name of the account to be used instead of the one stored with @p account
* If empty, the one stored with @p account will be used. Default: empty
*/
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity(), const TQString& name = TQString());
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity(), const TQString& name = TQString());
/**
* Constructor to be used to construct an account entry
* object.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the tqparent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the parent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param account const reference to MyMoneyAccount for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ public:
* @param security const reference to the security used to show the value. Usually
* one should pass MyMoneyFile::baseCurrency() here.
*/
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price = TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>(), const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity());
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price = TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>(), const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity());
void setReconciliation(bool);

@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/kmymoneyutils.h>
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KListView(tqparent, name),
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KListView(parent, name),
m_accountConnections(false),
m_institutionConnections(false),
m_queuedSort(0)
@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ const KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem* KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase::findItem(const TQStr
TQListViewItem* next = p->firstChild();
if(!next) {
while((next = p->nextSibling()) == 0) {
p = p->tqparent();
p = p->parent();
if(!p)
break;
}
@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ bool KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase::dropAccountOnAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& accFrom
bool rc = false;
// it does not make sense to reparent an account to oneself
// or to reparent it to it's current tqparent
// or to reparent it to it's current parent
if(accTo.id() != accFrom.id()
&& accFrom.parentAccountId() != accTo.id()) {
// Moving within a group is generally ok
@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ void KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase::startDrag(void)
return;
}
void KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase::slotObjectDropped(TQDropEvent* event, TQListViewItem* /* tqparent */, TQListViewItem* /* after */)
void KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase::slotObjectDropped(TQDropEvent* event, TQListViewItem* /* parent */, TQListViewItem* /* after */)
{
m_autoopenTimer.stop();
slotStopAutoScroll();
@ -533,8 +533,8 @@ const MyMoneyObject& KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::itemObject(void) const
return m_account;
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyInstitution& institution) :
KListViewItem(tqparent),
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyInstitution& institution) :
KListViewItem(parent),
m_totalValue(MyMoneyMoney(0)),
m_negative(false),
m_institution(institution),
@ -543,8 +543,8 @@ KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KListView *tqparent, co
setName();
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneySecurity& security, const TQString& name) :
KListViewItem(tqparent),
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneySecurity& security, const TQString& name) :
KListViewItem(parent),
m_security(security),
m_totalValue(MyMoneyMoney(0)),
m_account(account),
@ -560,8 +560,8 @@ KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KListView *tqparent, co
setName();
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price, const MyMoneySecurity& security) :
KListViewItem(tqparent),
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price, const MyMoneySecurity& security) :
KListViewItem(parent),
m_price(price),
m_security(security),
m_totalValue(MyMoneyMoney(0)),
@ -585,9 +585,9 @@ const TQString& KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::id(void) const
bool KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::isChildOf(const TQListViewItem* const item) const
{
TQListViewItem *p = tqparent();
TQListViewItem *p = parent();
while(p && p != item) {
p = p->tqparent();
p = p->parent();
}
return (p != 0);
}
@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ void KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::fillColumns()
if (lv->valueColumn()<0)
return;
// show the top accounts always in total value
if((isOpen() || m_account.accountList().count() == 0) && tqparent()) {
if((isOpen() || m_account.accountList().count() == 0) && parent()) {
// only show the balance, if its a different security/currency
if(m_security.id() != listView()->baseCurrency().id()) {
@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ void KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::fillColumns()
} else {
setText(lv->balanceColumn(), " ");
if(tqparent())
if(parent())
setText(lv->valueColumn(), m_totalValue.formatMoney(listView()->baseCurrency()) + " ");
else
setText(lv->valueColumn(), m_totalValue.formatMoney(listView()->baseCurrency()));
@ -691,17 +691,17 @@ void KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::adjustTotalValue(const MyMoneyMoney& diff)
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase* lv = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase*>(listView());
if(!lv)
return;
if(!firstChild() || !tqparent() || (!isOpen() && firstChild())) {
if(!firstChild() || !parent() || (!isOpen() && firstChild())) {
if(firstChild())
setText(lv->balanceColumn(), " ");
if(tqparent())
if(parent())
setText(lv->valueColumn(), m_totalValue.formatMoney(listView()->baseCurrency()) + " ");
else
setText(lv->valueColumn(), m_totalValue.formatMoney(listView()->baseCurrency()));
}
// now make sure, the upstream accounts also get notified about the value change
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem* p = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem*>(tqparent());
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem* p = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem*>(parent());
if(p != 0) {
p->adjustTotalValue(diff);
}
@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ void KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem::paintCell(TQPainter *p, const TQColorGroup & c
#ifndef KMM_DESIGNER
// display base accounts in bold
TQFont font = KMyMoneyGlobalSettings::listCellFont();
if(!tqparent())
if(!parent())
font.setBold(true);
// strike out closed accounts

@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ class KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase : public KListView
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
virtual ~KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase();
/**
@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ protected:
* account @p accTo.
*
* @param accFrom source account
* @param accTo new tqparent account for @p accFrom
* @param accTo new parent account for @p accFrom
* @retval true drop is ok
* @retval false drop is not ok (@p accTo cannot be tqparent of @p accFrom)
* @retval false drop is not ok (@p accTo cannot be parent of @p accFrom)
*/
bool dropAccountOnAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& accFrom, const MyMoneyAccount& accTo) const;
// virtual void contentsDropEvent(TQDropEvent*);
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ protected:
void queueSort(void);
protected slots:
void slotObjectDropped(TQDropEvent* event, TQListViewItem* tqparent, TQListViewItem* after);
void slotObjectDropped(TQDropEvent* event, TQListViewItem* parent, TQListViewItem* after);
/**
* Select the object pointed to by @p i. This slot emits selectObject signals
@ -238,12 +238,12 @@ signals:
/**
* This signal is emitted, when the user selected to reparent the
* account @p acc to be a subordinate account of @p tqparent.
* account @p acc to be a subordinate account of @p parent.
*
* @param acc const reference to account to be reparented
* @param tqparent const reference to new tqparent account
* @param parent const reference to new parent account
*/
void reparent(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& tqparent);
void reparent(const MyMoneyAccount& acc, const MyMoneyAccount& parent);
/**
* This signal is emitted, when the user selected to reparent the
@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public:
* Constructor to be used to construct an institution entry
* object.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param institution const reference to MyMoneyInstitution for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
*/
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyInstitution& institution);
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyInstitution& institution);
/**
* Constructor to be used to construct a standard account entry object (e.g. Asset,
* Liability, etc.).
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the KListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param account const reference to MyMoneyAccount for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
@ -287,13 +287,13 @@ public:
* @param name name of the account to be used instead of the one stored with @p account
* If empty, the one stored with @p account will be used. Default: empty
*/
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity(), const TQString& name = TQString());
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity(), const TQString& name = TQString());
/**
* Constructor to be used to construct an account entry
* object.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the tqparent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the parent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param account const reference to MyMoneyAccount for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ public:
* @param security const reference to the security used to show the value. Usually
* one should pass MyMoneyFile::baseCurrency() here.
*/
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price = TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>(), const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity());
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price = TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>(), const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity());
~KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem();
@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ public:
* by @p item.
*
* @param item pointer to other KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem that
* should be checked for tqparent/grand-parenthood of this
* should be checked for parent/grand-parenthood of this
* object
* @retval true @p this object is a decendant of @p item
* @retval false @p this object is no decendant of @p item
@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ protected:
* Computes and returns the current value of the account held by this item.
* This is the same as balance() but in the currency of the view.
* if value() changed since the item has been displayed, updateAccount()
* will notify the tqparent.
* will notify the parent.
* @return value of the account held by this item
*/
MyMoneyMoney value() const;

@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
// Project Includes
#include <kmymoneyaccounttreebudget.h>
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudget::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudget(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudget::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudget(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase(parent, name)
{
showType();
showValue();
@ -37,15 +37,15 @@ void KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudget::slotSelectObject(const TQListViewItem* i)
}
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyBudget &budget, const MyMoneySecurity& security, const TQString& name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(tqparent, account, security, name),
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyBudget &budget, const MyMoneySecurity& security, const TQString& name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(parent, account, security, name),
m_budget(budget)
{
updateAccount(true);
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyBudget& budget, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price, const MyMoneySecurity& security) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(tqparent, account, price, security),
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyBudget& budget, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price, const MyMoneySecurity& security) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(parent, account, price, security),
m_budget(budget)
{
updateAccount(true);

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudget : public KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudget(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudget(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
virtual ~KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudget() {}
public slots:
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ public:
* Constructor to be used to construct an account
* entry object for a budget.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the tqparent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the parent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param account const reference to MyMoneyAccount for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ public:
* @param security const reference to the security used to show the value. Usually
* one should pass MyMoneyFile::baseCurrency() here.
*/
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyBudget& budget, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price = TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>(), const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity());
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyBudget& budget, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price = TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>(), const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity());
/**
* Constructor to be used to construct an account
* entry object for a budget.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the tqparent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the parent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param account const reference to MyMoneyAccount for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ public:
* @param name name of the account to be used instead of the one stored with @p account
* If empty, the one stored with @p account will be used. Default: empty
*/
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyBudget &budget, const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity(), const TQString& name = TQString());
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyBudget &budget, const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity(), const TQString& name = TQString());
~KMyMoneyAccountTreeBudgetItem();

@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
using namespace reports;
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecast::KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecast(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecast::KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecast(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase::KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase(parent, name)
{
setResizeMode(TQListView::NoColumn);
}
@ -156,16 +156,16 @@ void KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecast::slotSelectObject(const TQListViewItem* i)
}
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyForecast &forecast, const MyMoneySecurity& security, const TQString& name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(tqparent, account, security, name),
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyForecast &forecast, const MyMoneySecurity& security, const TQString& name) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(parent, account, security, name),
m_forecast(forecast)
{
updateAccount(true);
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyForecast& forecast, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price, const MyMoneySecurity& security, const EForecastViewType forecastType) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(tqparent, account, price, security),
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem::KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyForecast& forecast, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price, const MyMoneySecurity& security, const EForecastViewType forecastType) :
KMyMoneyAccountTreeBaseItem(parent, account, price, security),
m_forecast(forecast),
m_forecastType(forecastType)
{
@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ void KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem::adjustParentValue(int column, const MyMone
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecast* lv = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecast*>(listView());
if(!lv)
return;
if(!firstChild() || !tqparent() || (!isOpen() && firstChild())
if(!firstChild() || !parent() || (!isOpen() && firstChild())
|| depth() == 1 ) {
if(firstChild())
setText(column, " ");
@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ void KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem::adjustParentValue(int column, const MyMone
}
// now make sure, the upstream accounts also get notified about the value change
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem* p = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem*>(tqparent());
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem* p = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem*>(parent());
if(p != 0) {
p->adjustParentValue(column, value);
}
@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ void KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem::adjustParentValue(int column, const MyMone
void KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem::setValue(int column, MyMoneyMoney amount, TQDate forecastDate)
{
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem* p = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem*>(tqparent());
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem* p = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem*>(parent());
//calculate the balance in base currency for the total row
if(m_account.currencyId() != listView()->baseCurrency().id()) {

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecast : public KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecast(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecast(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
virtual ~KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecast() {}
void showSummary(MyMoneyForecast& forecast);
@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public:
* Constructor to be used to construct an account
* entry object for a forecast.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the tqparent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the parent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param account const reference to MyMoneyAccount for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ public:
* @param security const reference to the security used to show the value. Usually
* one should pass MyMoneyFile::baseCurrency() here.
*/
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyForecast& forecast, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price = TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>(), const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity(), const EForecastViewType forecastViewType = eUndefined);
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem(KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyForecast& forecast, const TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>& price = TQValueList<MyMoneyPrice>(), const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity(), const EForecastViewType forecastViewType = eUndefined);
/**
* Constructor to be used to construct an account
* entry object for a forecast.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to the tqparent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* @param parent pointer to the parent KAccountListView object this entry should be
* added to.
* @param account const reference to MyMoneyAccount for which
* the KListView entry is constructed
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public:
* @param name name of the account to be used instead of the one stored with @p account
* If empty, the one stored with @p account will be used. Default: empty
*/
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem(KListView *tqparent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyForecast &forecast, const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity(), const TQString& name = TQString());
KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem(KListView *parent, const MyMoneyAccount& account, const MyMoneyForecast &forecast, const MyMoneySecurity& security = MyMoneySecurity(), const TQString& name = TQString());
~KMyMoneyAccountTreeForecastItem();

@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
#include "kmymoneybriefschedule.h"
#include "../kmymoneyutils.h"
KMyMoneyBriefSchedule::KMyMoneyBriefSchedule(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: kScheduleBriefWidget(tqparent,name, WStyle_Customize | WStyle_NoBorder)
KMyMoneyBriefSchedule::KMyMoneyBriefSchedule(TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: kScheduleBriefWidget(parent,name, WStyle_Customize | WStyle_NoBorder)
{
KIconLoader *ic = KGlobal::iconLoader();
m_nextButton->setPixmap(BarIcon(TQString::tqfromLatin1("1rightarrow")));

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class KMyMoneyBriefSchedule : public kScheduleBriefWidget {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyBriefSchedule(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KMyMoneyBriefSchedule(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KMyMoneyBriefSchedule();
void setSchedules(TQValueList<MyMoneySchedule> list, const TQDate& date);

@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
#include "kmymoneycalculator.h"
kMyMoneyCalculator::kMyMoneyCalculator(TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name)
: TQFrame(tqparent, name)
kMyMoneyCalculator::kMyMoneyCalculator(TQWidget* parent, const char *name)
: TQFrame(parent, name)
{
m_comma = KGlobal::locale()->monetaryDecimalSymbol()[0];
m_clearOperandOnDigit = false;
@ -321,23 +321,23 @@ const TQString kMyMoneyCalculator::result(void) const
txt.replace(TQRegExp("\\."), m_comma);
if(txt[0] == '-') {
txt = txt.mid(1); // get rid of the minus sign
TQString tqmask;
TQString mask;
switch(KGlobal::locale()->negativeMonetarySignPosition()) {
case KLocale::ParensAround:
tqmask = "(%1)";
mask = "(%1)";
break;
case KLocale::AfterQuantityMoney:
tqmask = "%1-";
mask = "%1-";
break;
case KLocale::AfterMoney:
case KLocale::BeforeMoney:
tqmask = "%1 -";
mask = "%1 -";
break;
case KLocale::BeforeQuantityMoney:
tqmask = "-%1";
mask = "-%1";
break;
}
txt = TQString(tqmask).tqarg(txt);
txt = TQString(mask).tqarg(txt);
}
return txt;
}

@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ class kMyMoneyCalculator : public TQFrame {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
kMyMoneyCalculator(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
kMyMoneyCalculator(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
~kMyMoneyCalculator();
/**

@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ public:
TQPushButton *userButton2;
};
kMyMoneyCalendar::kMyMoneyCalendar(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
TQFrame(tqparent,name),
kMyMoneyCalendar::kMyMoneyCalendar(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
TQFrame(parent,name),
table(0),
d(new kMyMoneyCalendarPrivate)
{

@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
/**
* Standard constructor.
**/
kMyMoneyCalendar(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
kMyMoneyCalendar(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
/**
* Standard destructor.

@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ public:
bool recursive;
};
KMyMoneyCategory::KMyMoneyCategory(TQWidget* tqparent, const char * name, bool splitButton) :
KMyMoneyCombo(true, tqparent, name),
KMyMoneyCategory::KMyMoneyCategory(TQWidget* parent, const char * name, bool splitButton) :
KMyMoneyCombo(true, parent, name),
d(new Private)
{
if(splitButton) {
@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ KMyMoneyCategory::KMyMoneyCategory(TQWidget* tqparent, const char * name, bool s
TQHBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQHBoxLayout(d->frame);
// make sure not to use our own overridden version of reparent() here
KMyMoneyCombo::reparent(d->frame, getWFlags() & ~WType_Mask, TQPoint(0, 0), true);
if(tqparent)
d->frame->reparent(tqparent, TQPoint(0, 0), true);
if(parent)
d->frame->reparent(parent, TQPoint(0, 0), true);
// create button
KGuiItem splitButtonItem("",
@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ void KMyMoneyCategory::setPalette(const TQPalette& palette)
KMyMoneyCombo::setPalette(palette);
}
void KMyMoneyCategory::reparent(TQWidget *tqparent, WFlags w, const TQPoint& pos, bool showIt)
void KMyMoneyCategory::reparent(TQWidget *parent, WFlags w, const TQPoint& pos, bool showIt)
{
if(d->frame)
d->frame->reparent(tqparent, w, pos, showIt);
d->frame->reparent(parent, w, pos, showIt);
else
KMyMoneyCombo::reparent(tqparent, w, pos, showIt);
KMyMoneyCombo::reparent(parent, w, pos, showIt);
}
kMyMoneyAccountSelector* KMyMoneyCategory::selector(void) const
@ -183,8 +183,8 @@ void KMyMoneyCategory::setDisabled(bool disable)
setEnabled(!disable);
}
KMyMoneySecurity::KMyMoneySecurity(TQWidget* tqparent, const char * name) :
KMyMoneyCategory(tqparent, name, false)
KMyMoneySecurity::KMyMoneySecurity(TQWidget* parent, const char * name) :
KMyMoneyCategory(parent, name, false)
{
}

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class kMyMoneyAccountSelector;
* If any match is found a list selection box is opened and the user can use
* the up/down, page-up/page-down keys or the mouse to navigate in the list. If
* an account is selected, the selection box is closed. Other key-strokes are
* directed to the tqparent object to manipulate the text. The visible contents of
* directed to the parent object to manipulate the text. The visible contents of
* the selection box is updated with every key-stroke.
*
* This object is a replacement of the kMyMoneyCategory object and should be used
@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ public:
* will construct a surrounding TQFrame and reparent itself to be a child of this
* TQFrame. It also adds a KPushButton with the "Split" icon to the right of the
* input field. In this case it is important not to use the pointer to this widget
* but it's tqparent when placing the object in a TQLayout, TQTable or some such. The
* tqparent widget (the TQFrame in this case) can be extracted with the parentWidget()
* but it's parent when placing the object in a TQLayout, TQTable or some such. The
* parent widget (the TQFrame in this case) can be extracted with the parentWidget()
* method.
*
* Reparenting is handled by the object transparently for both cases.
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public:
* table->setCellWidget(category->parentWidget());
* @endcode
*/
KMyMoneyCategory(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0, bool splitButton = false);
KMyMoneyCategory(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, bool splitButton = false);
virtual ~KMyMoneyCategory();
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public:
/**
* Reimplemented for internal reasons. No API change
*/
virtual void reparent( TQWidget *tqparent, WFlags, const TQPoint &, bool showIt = FALSE );
virtual void reparent( TQWidget *parent, WFlags, const TQPoint &, bool showIt = FALSE );
/**
* Reimplemented for internal reasons. No API change.
@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ class KMyMoneySecurity : public KMyMoneyCategory
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneySecurity(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneySecurity(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
virtual ~KMyMoneySecurity();
/**

@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
#include "kmymoneylistviewitem.h"
#include "../kmymoneyglobalsettings.h"
KMyMoneyCheckListItem::KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListView* tqparent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type) :
TQCheckListItem(tqparent, txt, type),
KMyMoneyCheckListItem::KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListView* parent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type) :
TQCheckListItem(parent, txt, type),
m_key(key),
m_id(id),
m_isOdd(0),
@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ KMyMoneyCheckListItem::KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListView* tqparent, const TQStrin
m_key = txt;
}
KMyMoneyCheckListItem::KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListViewItem* tqparent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type) :
TQCheckListItem(tqparent, txt, type),
KMyMoneyCheckListItem::KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListViewItem* parent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type) :
TQCheckListItem(parent, txt, type),
m_key(key),
m_id(id),
m_isOdd(0),
@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ KMyMoneyCheckListItem::KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListViewItem* tqparent, const TQS
m_key = txt;
}
KMyMoneyCheckListItem::KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TQListViewItem* after, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type) :
TQCheckListItem(tqparent, after, txt, type),
KMyMoneyCheckListItem::KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListView* parent, TQListViewItem* after, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type) :
TQCheckListItem(parent, after, txt, type),
m_key(key),
m_id(id),
m_isOdd(0),
@ -118,15 +118,15 @@ bool KMyMoneyCheckListItem::isAlternate(void)
KMyMoneyCheckListItem* clItem;
KMyMoneyListViewItem* liItem;
bool previous = true;
if(TQListViewItem::tqparent()) {
clItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyCheckListItem *>(TQListViewItem::tqparent());
liItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyListViewItem*>(TQListViewItem::tqparent());
if(TQListViewItem::parent()) {
clItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyCheckListItem *>(TQListViewItem::parent());
liItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyListViewItem*>(TQListViewItem::parent());
if(clItem)
previous = clItem->m_isOdd;
else
previous = liItem->m_isOdd;
clItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyCheckListItem *>(TQListViewItem::tqparent()->firstChild());
liItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyListViewItem*>(TQListViewItem::tqparent()->firstChild());
clItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyCheckListItem *>(TQListViewItem::parent()->firstChild());
liItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyListViewItem*>(TQListViewItem::parent()->firstChild());
} else {
clItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyCheckListItem *>(listView()->firstChild());
liItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyListViewItem*>(listView()->firstChild());

@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ class KMyMoneyCheckListItem : public TQObject, public TQCheckListItem
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListView *tqparent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type = TQCheckListItem::CheckBox);
KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListView *tqparent, TQListViewItem* after, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type = TQCheckListItem::CheckBox);
KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListViewItem *tqparent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type = TQCheckListItem::CheckBox);
KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListView *parent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type = TQCheckListItem::CheckBox);
KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListView *parent, TQListViewItem* after, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type = TQCheckListItem::CheckBox);
KMyMoneyCheckListItem(TQListViewItem *parent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id, Type type = TQCheckListItem::CheckBox);
~KMyMoneyCheckListItem();
const TQString& id(void) const { return m_id; };

@ -546,8 +546,8 @@ void KMyMoneyActivityCombo::slotSetActivity(const TQString& id)
update();
}
KMyMoneyPayeeCombo::KMyMoneyPayeeCombo(TQWidget* tqparent, const char * name) :
KMyMoneyCombo(true, tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyPayeeCombo::KMyMoneyPayeeCombo(TQWidget* parent, const char * name) :
KMyMoneyCombo(true, parent, name)
{
m_completion = new kMyMoneyCompletion(this);
@ -658,8 +658,8 @@ void KMyMoneyGeneralCombo::slotChangeItem(int idx)
emit itemSelected(d->itemId(text(idx)));
}
KMyMoneyPeriodCombo::KMyMoneyPeriodCombo(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyGeneralCombo(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyPeriodCombo::KMyMoneyPeriodCombo(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyGeneralCombo(parent, name)
{
insertItem(i18n("All dates"), MyMoneyTransactionFilter::allDates);
insertItem(i18n("As of today"), MyMoneyTransactionFilter::asOfToday);
@ -724,8 +724,8 @@ void KMyMoneyPeriodCombo::dates(TQDate& start, TQDate& end, MyMoneyTransactionFi
}
#endif
KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo::KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyGeneralCombo(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo::KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyGeneralCombo(parent, name)
{
}
@ -734,8 +734,8 @@ MyMoneySchedule::occurenceE KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo::currentItem(void) const
return static_cast<MyMoneySchedule::occurenceE>(KMyMoneyGeneralCombo::currentItem());
}
KMyMoneyOccurencePeriodCombo::KMyMoneyOccurencePeriodCombo(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyOccurencePeriodCombo::KMyMoneyOccurencePeriodCombo(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo(parent, name)
{
insertItem(i18n(MyMoneySchedule::occurencePeriodToString(MyMoneySchedule::OCCUR_ONCE)), MyMoneySchedule::OCCUR_ONCE);
insertItem(i18n(MyMoneySchedule::occurencePeriodToString(MyMoneySchedule::OCCUR_DAILY)), MyMoneySchedule::OCCUR_DAILY);
@ -745,8 +745,8 @@ KMyMoneyOccurencePeriodCombo::KMyMoneyOccurencePeriodCombo(TQWidget* tqparent, c
insertItem(i18n(MyMoneySchedule::occurencePeriodToString(MyMoneySchedule::OCCUR_YEARLY)), MyMoneySchedule::OCCUR_YEARLY);
}
KMyMoneyFrequencyCombo::KMyMoneyFrequencyCombo(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyFrequencyCombo::KMyMoneyFrequencyCombo(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo(parent, name)
{
insertItem(i18n(MyMoneySchedule::occurenceToString(MyMoneySchedule::OCCUR_ONCE)), MyMoneySchedule::OCCUR_ONCE);
insertItem(i18n(MyMoneySchedule::occurenceToString(MyMoneySchedule::OCCUR_DAILY)), MyMoneySchedule::OCCUR_DAILY);

@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ private:
* If any match is found a list selection box is opened and the user can use
* the up/down, page-up/page-down keys or the mouse to navigate in the list. If
* a payee is selected, the selection box is closed. Other key-strokes are
* directed to the tqparent object to manipulate the text. The visible contents of
* directed to the parent object to manipulate the text. The visible contents of
* the selection box is updated with every key-stroke.
*
* This object is a replacement of the kMyMoneyPayee object and should be used
@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ class KMyMoneyPayeeCombo : public KMyMoneyCombo
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyPayeeCombo(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyPayeeCombo(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
void loadPayees(const TQValueList<MyMoneyPayee>& list);
};
@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ class KMyMoneyGeneralCombo : public KComboBox
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyGeneralCombo(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyGeneralCombo(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
virtual ~KMyMoneyGeneralCombo();
void insertItem(const TQString& txt, int id, int idx = -1);
@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ class KMyMoneyPeriodCombo : public KMyMoneyGeneralCombo
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyPeriodCombo(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyPeriodCombo(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
MyMoneyTransactionFilter::dateOptionE currentItem(void) const;
void setCurrentItem(MyMoneyTransactionFilter::dateOptionE id);
@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ public:
/**
* This class implements an occurence selector
* as a tqparent class for both OccurencePeriod and Frequency combos
* as a parent class for both OccurencePeriod and Frequency combos
*
* @author Colin Wright
*/
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ class KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo : public KMyMoneyGeneralCombo
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
MyMoneySchedule::occurenceE currentItem(void) const;
};
@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KMyMoneyOccurencePeriodCombo : public KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyOccurencePeriodCombo(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyOccurencePeriodCombo(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
};
/**
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ class KMyMoneyFrequencyCombo : public KMyMoneyOccurenceCombo
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyFrequencyCombo(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyFrequencyCombo(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
/**
* This method returns the number of events for the selected payment

@ -40,14 +40,14 @@
const int kMyMoneyCompletion::MAX_ITEMS = 16;
kMyMoneyCompletion::kMyMoneyCompletion(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
TQVBox(tqparent, name, WType_Popup)
kMyMoneyCompletion::kMyMoneyCompletion(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
TQVBox(parent, name, WType_Popup)
{
m_selector = new KMyMoneySelector(this);
m_selector->listView()->setFocusProxy(this);
m_parent = tqparent;
setFocusProxy((tqparent) ? tqparent : (TQWidget*) TQ_NoFocus);
m_parent = parent;
setFocusProxy((parent) ? parent : (TQWidget*) TQ_NoFocus);
setFrameStyle(TQFrame::PopupPanel | TQFrame::Raised);
connectSignals(m_selector, m_selector->listView());
}

@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class kMyMoneyCompletion : public TQVBox
TQ_OBJECT
public:
kMyMoneyCompletion(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
kMyMoneyCompletion(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~kMyMoneyCompletion();
/**

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include "kmymoneycurrencyselector.h"
KMyMoneySecuritySelector::KMyMoneySecuritySelector(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KComboBox(tqparent, name),
KMyMoneySecuritySelector::KMyMoneySecuritySelector(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KComboBox(parent, name),
m_displayItem(FullName),
m_displayOnly(false),
m_displayType(TypeAll)
@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ KMyMoneySecuritySelector::KMyMoneySecuritySelector(TQWidget *tqparent, const cha
// update(TQString());
}
KMyMoneySecuritySelector::KMyMoneySecuritySelector(displayTypeE type, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KComboBox(tqparent,name),
KMyMoneySecuritySelector::KMyMoneySecuritySelector(displayTypeE type, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KComboBox(parent,name),
m_displayItem(FullName),
m_displayOnly(false),
m_displayType(type)
@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ void KMyMoneySecuritySelector::setSecurity(const MyMoneySecurity& currency)
update(TQString("x"));
}
KMyMoneyCurrencySelector::KMyMoneyCurrencySelector(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KMyMoneySecuritySelector(TypeCurrencies, tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyCurrencySelector::KMyMoneyCurrencySelector(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KMyMoneySecuritySelector(TypeCurrencies, parent, name)
{
}

@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
TypeAll = 0x03
};
KMyMoneySecuritySelector(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KMyMoneySecuritySelector(displayTypeE type = TypeAll, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KMyMoneySecuritySelector(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
KMyMoneySecuritySelector(displayTypeE type = TypeAll, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~KMyMoneySecuritySelector();
const MyMoneySecurity& security(void) const;
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ private:
class KMyMoneyCurrencySelector : public KMyMoneySecuritySelector
{
public:
KMyMoneyCurrencySelector(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KMyMoneyCurrencySelector(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~KMyMoneyCurrencySelector() {}
};

@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ bool KMyMoneyDateEdit::event(TQEvent* e)
return rc;
}
kMyMoneyDateInput::kMyMoneyDateInput(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, TQt::AlignmentFlags flags)
: TQHBox(tqparent,name)
kMyMoneyDateInput::kMyMoneyDateInput(TQWidget *parent, const char *name, TQt::AlignmentFlags flags)
: TQHBox(parent,name)
{
m_qttqalignment = flags;
m_date = TQDate::tqcurrentDate();

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class KMyMoneyDateEdit : public TQDateEdit
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyDateEdit(const TQDate& date, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0) : TQDateEdit(date, tqparent, name) {}
KMyMoneyDateEdit(const TQDate& date, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0) : TQDateEdit(date, parent, name) {}
protected:
/** reimplemented for internal reasons */
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ class kMyMoneyDateInput : public TQHBox
TQ_OBJECT
public:
kMyMoneyDateInput(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, TQt::AlignmentFlags flags=TQt::AlignLeft);
kMyMoneyDateInput(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, TQt::AlignmentFlags flags=TQt::AlignLeft);
~kMyMoneyDateInput();
// Replace calls to this with the new date() method

@ -69,8 +69,8 @@
// Project Includes
#include "kmymoneydatetbl.h"
kMyMoneyDateTbl::kMyMoneyDateTbl(TQWidget *tqparent, TQDate date_, const char* name, WFlags f)
: TQGridView(tqparent, name, f)
kMyMoneyDateTbl::kMyMoneyDateTbl(TQWidget *parent, TQDate date_, const char* name, WFlags f)
: TQGridView(parent, name, f)
{
// call this first to make sure that member variables are initialized
setType(MONTHLY);

@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ public:
/**
* The constructor.
*/
kMyMoneyDateTbl(TQWidget *tqparent=0,
kMyMoneyDateTbl(TQWidget *parent=0,
TQDate date=TQDate::tqcurrentDate(),
const char* name=0, WFlags f=0);
/**

@ -42,14 +42,14 @@
#include "kmymoneycalculator.h"
#include "../mymoney/mymoneymoney.h"
kMyMoneyMoneyValidator::kMyMoneyMoneyValidator(TQObject * tqparent, const char * name) :
TQDoubleValidator(tqparent, name)
kMyMoneyMoneyValidator::kMyMoneyMoneyValidator(TQObject * parent, const char * name) :
TQDoubleValidator(parent, name)
{
}
kMyMoneyMoneyValidator::kMyMoneyMoneyValidator( double bottom, double top, int decimals,
TQObject * tqparent, const char * name ) :
TQDoubleValidator(bottom, top, decimals, tqparent, name)
TQObject * parent, const char * name ) :
TQDoubleValidator(bottom, top, decimals, parent, name)
{
}
@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ TQValidator::State kMyMoneyMoneyValidator::validate( TQString & input, int & _p
return rc;
}
kMyMoneyEdit::kMyMoneyEdit(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, const int prec)
: TQHBox(tqparent, name)
kMyMoneyEdit::kMyMoneyEdit(TQWidget *parent, const char *name, const int prec)
: TQHBox(parent, name)
{
m_prec = prec;
if(prec < -1 || prec > 20)
@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ kMyMoneyEdit::kMyMoneyEdit(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, const int prec)
init();
}
kMyMoneyEdit::kMyMoneyEdit(const MyMoneySecurity& sec, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: TQHBox(tqparent, name)
kMyMoneyEdit::kMyMoneyEdit(const MyMoneySecurity& sec, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: TQHBox(parent, name)
{
m_prec = MyMoneyMoney::denomToPrec(sec.smallestAccountFraction());
init();

@ -61,17 +61,17 @@ class kMyMoneyMoneyValidator : public TQDoubleValidator
public:
/**
* Constuct a locale-aware KDoubleValidator with default range
* (whatever TQDoubleValidator uses for that) and tqparent @p
* tqparent
* (whatever TQDoubleValidator uses for that) and parent @p
* parent
*/
kMyMoneyMoneyValidator( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name=0 );
kMyMoneyMoneyValidator( TQObject * parent, const char * name=0 );
/**
* Constuct a locale-aware KDoubleValidator for range [@p bottom,@p
* top] and a precision of @p decimals decimals after the decimal
* point.
*/
kMyMoneyMoneyValidator( double bottom, double top, int decimals,
TQObject * tqparent, const char * name=0 );
TQObject * parent, const char * name=0 );
/**
* Destructs the validator.
*/
@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ protected slots:
void slotCalculatorOpen(void);
public:
kMyMoneyEdit(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, const int prec = -2);
kMyMoneyEdit(const MyMoneySecurity& eq, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
kMyMoneyEdit(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, const int prec = -2);
kMyMoneyEdit(const MyMoneySecurity& eq, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~kMyMoneyEdit();
/**

@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/kmymoneyglobalsettings.h>
KMyMoneyForecastListViewItem::KMyMoneyForecastListViewItem (TQListView* tqparent, TQListViewItem* after, bool isNegative) :
KListViewItem(tqparent, after),
KMyMoneyForecastListViewItem::KMyMoneyForecastListViewItem (TQListView* parent, TQListViewItem* after, bool isNegative) :
KListViewItem(parent, after),
m_negative(isNegative)
{
}

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class KMyMoneyForecastListViewItem : public KListViewItem
{
public:
KMyMoneyForecastListViewItem(TQListView* tqparent, TQListViewItem* after, bool isNegative);
KMyMoneyForecastListViewItem(TQListView* parent, TQListViewItem* after, bool isNegative);
~KMyMoneyForecastListViewItem();

@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
#define RECOVER_KEY_ID "0xD2B08440"
kMyMoneyGPGConfig::kMyMoneyGPGConfig(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: kMyMoneyGPGConfigDecl(tqparent, name),
kMyMoneyGPGConfig::kMyMoneyGPGConfig(TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: kMyMoneyGPGConfigDecl(parent, name),
m_checkCount(0)
{
m_idGroup->setEnabled(KGPGFile::GPGAvailable());

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class kMyMoneyGPGConfig : public kMyMoneyGPGConfigDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
kMyMoneyGPGConfig(TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name);
kMyMoneyGPGConfig(TQWidget* parent, const char *name);
virtual ~kMyMoneyGPGConfig() {}
void writeConfig(void);

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class kMyMoneyLineEdit : public KLineEdit
TQ_OBJECT
public:
/**
* @param w pointer to tqparent
* @param w pointer to parent
* @param name pointer to name of object
* @param forceMonetaryDecimalSymbol if @a true, the numeric keypad comma key will have a fixed
* value and does not follow the keyboard tqlayout (default: @p false)

@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
#include "kmymoneychecklistitem.h"
#include "../kmymoneyglobalsettings.h"
KMyMoneyListViewItem::KMyMoneyListViewItem(TQListView* tqparent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id) :
KListViewItem(tqparent, txt),
KMyMoneyListViewItem::KMyMoneyListViewItem(TQListView* parent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id) :
KListViewItem(parent, txt),
m_key(key),
m_id(id),
m_isOdd(0),
@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ KMyMoneyListViewItem::KMyMoneyListViewItem(TQListView* tqparent, const TQString&
m_key = txt;
}
KMyMoneyListViewItem::KMyMoneyListViewItem(TQListViewItem* tqparent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id) :
KListViewItem(tqparent, txt),
KMyMoneyListViewItem::KMyMoneyListViewItem(TQListViewItem* parent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id) :
KListViewItem(parent, txt),
m_key(key),
m_id(id),
m_isOdd(0),
@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ bool KMyMoneyListViewItem::isAlternate(void)
KMyMoneyCheckListItem* clItem;
KMyMoneyListViewItem* liItem;
bool previous = true;
if(TQListViewItem::tqparent()) {
clItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyCheckListItem *>(TQListViewItem::tqparent());
liItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyListViewItem*>(TQListViewItem::tqparent());
if(TQListViewItem::parent()) {
clItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyCheckListItem *>(TQListViewItem::parent());
liItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyListViewItem*>(TQListViewItem::parent());
if(clItem)
previous = clItem->m_isOdd;
else
previous = liItem->m_isOdd;
clItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyCheckListItem *>(TQListViewItem::tqparent()->firstChild());
liItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyListViewItem*>(TQListViewItem::tqparent()->firstChild());
clItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyCheckListItem *>(TQListViewItem::parent()->firstChild());
liItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyListViewItem*>(TQListViewItem::parent()->firstChild());
} else {
clItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyCheckListItem *>(listView()->firstChild());
liItem = dynamic_cast<KMyMoneyListViewItem*>(listView()->firstChild());

@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ class KMyMoneyListViewItem : public TQObject, public KListViewItem
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyListViewItem(TQListView *tqparent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id);
KMyMoneyListViewItem(TQListViewItem *tqparent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id);
KMyMoneyListViewItem(TQListView *parent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id);
KMyMoneyListViewItem(TQListViewItem *parent, const TQString& txt, const TQString& key, const TQString& id);
~KMyMoneyListViewItem();
const TQString& id(void) const { return m_id; };

@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
#include "kmymoneyonlinequoteconfig.h"
#include "../converter/webpricequote.h"
kMyMoneyOnlineQuoteConfig::kMyMoneyOnlineQuoteConfig(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: kMyMoneyOnlineQuoteConfigDecl(tqparent, name)
kMyMoneyOnlineQuoteConfig::kMyMoneyOnlineQuoteConfig(TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: kMyMoneyOnlineQuoteConfigDecl(parent, name)
{
#if 1
TQStringList groups = WebPriceQuote::quoteSources();

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class kMyMoneyOnlineQuoteConfig : public kMyMoneyOnlineQuoteConfigDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
kMyMoneyOnlineQuoteConfig(TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name);
kMyMoneyOnlineQuoteConfig(TQWidget* parent, const char *name);
virtual ~kMyMoneyOnlineQuoteConfig() {}
void writeConfig(void) {}

@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ int KMyMoneyPriceItem::compare(TQListViewItem* i, int col, bool ascending) const
return rc;
}
KMyMoneyPriceView::KMyMoneyPriceView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KListView(tqparent,name),
KMyMoneyPriceView::KMyMoneyPriceView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KListView(parent,name),
m_contextMenu(0),
m_showAll(false)
{

@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ class KMyMoneyPriceView : public KListView
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneyPriceView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KMyMoneyPriceView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KMyMoneyPriceView();
protected:

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include "../widgets/kmymoneyscheduledcalendar.h"
#include "../mymoney/mymoneyfile.h"
kMyMoneyScheduledCalendar::kMyMoneyScheduledCalendar(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: kMyMoneyCalendar(tqparent,name)
kMyMoneyScheduledCalendar::kMyMoneyScheduledCalendar(TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: kMyMoneyCalendar(parent,name)
{
TQPushButton *pb1 = new TQPushButton(i18n("Select Schedules"), this);

@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ public:
/**
* Standard constructor.
**/
kMyMoneyScheduledCalendar(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
kMyMoneyScheduledCalendar(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
/**
* Standard destructor.

@ -62,8 +62,8 @@
#include "kmymoneyscheduleddatetbl.h"
#include "../mymoney/mymoneyfile.h"
kMyMoneyScheduledDateTbl::kMyMoneyScheduledDateTbl(TQWidget *tqparent, TQDate date_, const char* name, WFlags f )
: kMyMoneyDateTbl(tqparent, date_, name, f),
kMyMoneyScheduledDateTbl::kMyMoneyScheduledDateTbl(TQWidget *parent, TQDate date_, const char* name, WFlags f )
: kMyMoneyDateTbl(parent, date_, name, f),
m_filterBills(false), m_filterDeposits(false), m_filterTransfers(false)
{
connect(&briefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(enterClicked(const MyMoneySchedule&, const TQDate&)), this, TQT_SIGNAL(enterClicked(const MyMoneySchedule&, const TQDate&)));

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class kMyMoneyScheduledDateTbl : public kMyMoneyDateTbl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
kMyMoneyScheduledDateTbl(TQWidget *tqparent=0,
kMyMoneyScheduledDateTbl(TQWidget *parent=0,
TQDate date=TQDate::tqcurrentDate(),
const char* name=0, WFlags f=0);

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include "../kmymoneyglobalsettings.h"
KMyMoneySelector::KMyMoneySelector(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, TQWidget::WFlags flags) :
TQWidget(tqparent, name, flags)
KMyMoneySelector::KMyMoneySelector(TQWidget *parent, const char *name, TQWidget::WFlags flags) :
TQWidget(parent, name, flags)
{
m_selMode = TQListView::Single;
@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ KMyMoneySelector::KMyMoneySelector(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, TQWidge
m_listView->setSorting(-1);
if(tqparent) {
setFocusProxy(tqparent->focusProxy());
m_listView->setFocusProxy(tqparent->focusProxy());
if(parent) {
setFocusProxy(parent->focusProxy());
m_listView->setFocusProxy(parent->focusProxy());
}
m_listView->setAllColumnsShowFocus(true);
@ -144,17 +144,17 @@ TQListViewItem* KMyMoneySelector::newTopItem(const TQString& name, const TQStrin
return p;
}
TQListViewItem* KMyMoneySelector::newItem(TQListViewItem* tqparent, const TQString& name, const TQString& key, const TQString& id)
TQListViewItem* KMyMoneySelector::newItem(TQListViewItem* parent, const TQString& name, const TQString& key, const TQString& id)
{
TQListViewItem* p;
if(m_selMode == TQListView::Multi) {
KMyMoneyCheckListItem* q = new KMyMoneyCheckListItem(tqparent, name, key, id);
KMyMoneyCheckListItem* q = new KMyMoneyCheckListItem(parent, name, key, id);
connect(q, TQT_SIGNAL(stateChanged(bool)), this, TQT_SIGNAL(stateChanged(void)));
p = static_cast<TQListViewItem*> (q);
} else {
KMyMoneyListViewItem* q = new KMyMoneyListViewItem(tqparent, name, key, id);
KMyMoneyListViewItem* q = new KMyMoneyListViewItem(parent, name, key, id);
p = static_cast<TQListViewItem*> (q);
}
@ -542,9 +542,9 @@ int KMyMoneySelector::slotMakeCompletion(const TQRegExp& exp)
// The way out of this is as follows: Make all items visible.
// Then go through the list again and perform the checks.
// If an item does not have any tqchildren (last leaf in the tree view)
// perform the check. Then check recursively on the tqparent of this
// perform the check. Then check recursively on the parent of this
// leaf that it has no visible tqchildren. If that is the case, make the
// tqparent invisible and continue this check with it's tqparent.
// parent invisible and continue this check with it's parent.
while((it_v = it.current()) != 0) {
it_v->setVisible(true);
++it;
@ -559,15 +559,15 @@ int KMyMoneySelector::slotMakeCompletion(const TQRegExp& exp)
if(!match(exp, it_v)) {
// this is a node which does not contain the
// text and does not have tqchildren. So we can
// safely hide it. Then we check, if the tqparent
// safely hide it. Then we check, if the parent
// has more tqchildren which are still visible. If
// none are found, the tqparent node is hidden also. We
// none are found, the parent node is hidden also. We
// continue until the top of the tree or until we
// find a node that still has visible tqchildren.
bool hide = true;
while(hide) {
it_v->setVisible(false);
it_v = it_v->tqparent();
it_v = it_v->parent();
if(it_v && it_v->isSelectable()) {
hide = !match(exp, it_v);
TQListViewItem* child = it_v->firstChild();
@ -591,11 +591,11 @@ int KMyMoneySelector::slotMakeCompletion(const TQRegExp& exp)
// to display all child nodes in this case, so we need
// to advance the iterator to the next sibling of the
// current node. This could well be the sibling of a
// tqparent or grandtqparent node.
// parent or grandparent node.
TQListViewItem* curr = it_v;
TQListViewItem* item;
while((item = curr->nextSibling()) == 0) {
curr = curr->tqparent();
curr = curr->parent();
if(curr == 0)
break;
if(match(exp, curr))

@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class KMyMoneySelector : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KMyMoneySelector(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, TQWidget::WFlags flags = 0);
KMyMoneySelector(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, TQWidget::WFlags flags = 0);
virtual ~KMyMoneySelector();
/**
@ -206,20 +206,20 @@ public:
*
* @note The new item will be the first one in the selection
*
* @param tqparent pointer to tqparent item
* @param parent pointer to parent item
* @param name the displayed name
* @param key String to be used for completion. If empty defaults to @a name
* @param id the id used to identify the objects
*
* @return pointer to newly created object
*/
TQListViewItem* newItem(TQListViewItem* tqparent, const TQString& name, const TQString& key, const TQString& id);
TQListViewItem* newItem(TQListViewItem* parent, const TQString& name, const TQString& key, const TQString& id);
/**
* This method creates a new selectable object depending on the
* selection mode. This is either a KListViewItem for single
* selection mode or a KMyMoneyCheckListItem for multi selection mode.
* In contrast to the above method, the tqparent is always the view.
* In contrast to the above method, the parent is always the view.
*
* @note The new item will be the first one in the selection
*

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include "kmymoneytitlelabel.h"
KMyMoneyTitleLabel::KMyMoneyTitleLabel(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
TQLabel(tqparent, name),
KMyMoneyTitleLabel::KMyMoneyTitleLabel(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
TQLabel(parent, name),
m_bgColor( KGlobalSettings::highlightColor() ),
m_textColor( KGlobalSettings::highlightedTextColor() )
{

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KMyMoneyTitleLabel : public TQLabel
TQ_PROPERTY( TQString text READ text WRITE setText DESIGNABLE true )
public:
KMyMoneyTitleLabel(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
KMyMoneyTitleLabel(TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
~KMyMoneyTitleLabel();
void setBgColor(const TQColor& _color) { m_bgColor = _color; }

@ -42,8 +42,8 @@
#include <kmymoney/kmymoneytitlelabel.h>
#include <kmymoney/kguiutils.h>
KMyMoneyWizardPagePrivate::KMyMoneyWizardPagePrivate(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) :
TQObject(tqparent, name)
KMyMoneyWizardPagePrivate::KMyMoneyWizardPagePrivate(TQObject* parent, const char* name) :
TQObject(parent, name)
{
}
@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ const TQString& KMyMoneyWizardPage::helpContext(void) const
return TQString();
}
KMyMoneyWizard::KMyMoneyWizard(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, bool modal, WFlags f) :
TQDialog(tqparent, name, modal, f),
KMyMoneyWizard::KMyMoneyWizard(TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal, WFlags f) :
TQDialog(parent, name, modal, f),
m_step(0)
{
// enable the little grip in the right corner

@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ class kMandatoryFieldGroup;
* class KNewUserPage : public KMyMoneyWizardPage
* {
* public:
* KNewUserPage(unsigned int step, TQWidget* widget, KNewUserWizard* tqparent, const char* name);
* KNewUserPage(unsigned int step, TQWidget* widget, KNewUserWizard* parent, const char* name);
*
* protected:
* KNewUserWizard* m_wizard;
@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ class kMandatoryFieldGroup;
* The implementation of this class is rather straight-forward:
*
* @code
* KNewUserPage::KNewUserPage(unsigned int step, TQWidget* widget, KNewUserWizard* tqparent, const char* name) :
* KNewUserPage::KNewUserPage(unsigned int step, TQWidget* widget, KNewUserWizard* parent, const char* name) :
* KMyMoneyWizardPage(step, widget, name),
* m_wizard(tqparent)
* m_wizard(parent)
* {
* }
* @endcode
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ class kMandatoryFieldGroup;
* Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
* public:
* KNewUserGeneral(KNewUserWizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
* KNewUserGeneral(KNewUserWizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
* KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void);
* bool isLastPage(void) { return false; }
*
@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ class kMandatoryFieldGroup;
* fill some widgets, it could be as simple as:
*
* @code
* KNewUserGeneral::KNewUserGeneral(KNewUserWizard* tqparent, const char* name) :
* KNewUserGeneralDecl(tqparent),
* KNewUserPage(1, this, tqparent, name)
* KNewUserGeneral::KNewUserGeneral(KNewUserWizard* parent, const char* name) :
* KNewUserGeneralDecl(parent),
* KNewUserPage(1, this, parent, name)
* {
* kMandatoryFieldGroup* mandatoryGroup = new kMandatoryFieldGroup(this);
* mandatoryGroup->add(m_userName);
@ -270,10 +270,10 @@ template <class T>
class WizardPage : public KMyMoneyWizardPage
{
public:
WizardPage(unsigned int step, TQWidget* widget, T* tqparent, const char* name) :
WizardPage(unsigned int step, TQWidget* widget, T* parent, const char* name) :
KMyMoneyWizardPage(step, widget, name),
m_wizard(tqparent),
m_wizardBase(tqparent)
m_wizard(parent),
m_wizardBase(parent)
{
}
virtual ~WizardPage() {}
@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ protected:
* Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
* public:
* KNewUserWizard(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0, bool modal = false, WFlags flags = 0);
* KNewUserWizard(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, bool modal = false, WFlags flags = 0);
*
* private:
* KNewUserGeneral* m_generalPage;
@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ protected:
* The implementation is also easy and looks like this:
*
* @code
* KNewUserWizard::KNewUserWizard(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name, bool modal, WFlags flags) :
* KMyMoneyWizard(tqparent, name, modal, flags)
* KNewUserWizard::KNewUserWizard(TQWidget* parent, const char* name, bool modal, WFlags flags) :
* KMyMoneyWizard(parent, name, modal, flags)
* {
* setTitle("KMyMoney New User Setup");
* addStep("General Data");
@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ protected:
/**
* Constructor (kept protected, so that one cannot create such an object directly)
*/
KMyMoneyWizard(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0, bool modal = false, WFlags f = 0);
KMyMoneyWizard(TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, bool modal = false, WFlags f = 0);
/**
* This method sets up the first page after creation of the object

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public:
/**
* Constructor
*/
KMyMoneyWizardPagePrivate(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyWizardPagePrivate(TQObject* parent, const char* name = 0);
void emitCompleteStateChanged(void);

@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ void ItemPtrVector::sort(void)
bool ItemPtrVector::item_cmp(RegisterItem* i1, RegisterItem* i2)
{
const TQValueList<TransactionSortField>& sortOrder = i1->tqparent()->sortOrder();
const TQValueList<TransactionSortField>& sortOrder = i1->parent()->sortOrder();
TQValueList<TransactionSortField>::const_iterator it;
int rc = 0;
bool ok1, ok2;
@ -220,10 +220,10 @@ bool ItemPtrVector::item_cmp(RegisterItem* i1, RegisterItem* i2)
return rc < 0;
}
GroupMarker::GroupMarker(Register *tqparent, const TQString& txt) :
RegisterItem(tqparent),
GroupMarker::GroupMarker(Register *parent, const TQString& txt) :
RegisterItem(parent),
m_txt(txt),
m_drawCounter(tqparent->drawCounter()-1), // make sure we get painted the first time around
m_drawCounter(parent->drawCounter()-1), // make sure we get painted the first time around
m_showDate(false)
{
int h;
@ -359,21 +359,21 @@ int GroupMarker::rowHeightHint(void) const
return m_bg->height();
}
StatementGroupMarker::StatementGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, CashFlowDirection dir, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt) :
FancyDateGroupMarker(tqparent, date, txt),
StatementGroupMarker::StatementGroupMarker(Register* parent, CashFlowDirection dir, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt) :
FancyDateGroupMarker(parent, date, txt),
m_dir(dir)
{
m_showDate = true;
}
FancyDateGroupMarker::FancyDateGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt) :
GroupMarker(tqparent, txt),
FancyDateGroupMarker::FancyDateGroupMarker(Register* parent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt) :
GroupMarker(parent, txt),
m_date(date)
{
}
FiscalYearGroupMarker::FiscalYearGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt) :
FancyDateGroupMarker(tqparent, date, txt)
FiscalYearGroupMarker::FiscalYearGroupMarker(Register* parent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt) :
FancyDateGroupMarker(parent, date, txt)
{
}
@ -383,8 +383,8 @@ void FiscalYearGroupMarker::setupColors(TQColorGroup& cg)
}
SimpleDateGroupMarker::SimpleDateGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt) :
FancyDateGroupMarker(tqparent, date, txt)
SimpleDateGroupMarker::SimpleDateGroupMarker(Register* parent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt) :
FancyDateGroupMarker(parent, date, txt)
{
}
@ -431,8 +431,8 @@ void SimpleDateGroupMarker::paintRegisterCell(TQPainter* painter, int row, int /
painter->restore();
}
TypeGroupMarker::TypeGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, CashFlowDirection dir, MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE accType) :
GroupMarker(tqparent),
TypeGroupMarker::TypeGroupMarker(Register* parent, CashFlowDirection dir, MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE accType) :
GroupMarker(parent),
m_dir(dir)
{
switch(dir) {
@ -454,18 +454,18 @@ TypeGroupMarker::TypeGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, CashFlowDirection dir, MyMo
}
}
PayeeGroupMarker::PayeeGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, const TQString& name) :
GroupMarker(tqparent, name)
PayeeGroupMarker::PayeeGroupMarker(Register* parent, const TQString& name) :
GroupMarker(parent, name)
{
}
CategoryGroupMarker::CategoryGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, const TQString& category) :
GroupMarker(tqparent, category)
CategoryGroupMarker::CategoryGroupMarker(Register* parent, const TQString& category) :
GroupMarker(parent, category)
{
}
ReconcileGroupMarker::ReconcileGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, MyMoneySplit::reconcileFlagE state) :
GroupMarker(tqparent),
ReconcileGroupMarker::ReconcileGroupMarker(Register* parent, MyMoneySplit::reconcileFlagE state) :
GroupMarker(parent),
m_state(state)
{
switch(state) {
@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ ReconcileGroupMarker::ReconcileGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, MyMoneySplit::rec
class RegisterToolTip : public TQToolTip
{
public:
RegisterToolTip(TQWidget* tqparent, Register* reg);
RegisterToolTip(TQWidget* parent, Register* reg);
void maybeTip(const TQPoint& pos);
virtual ~RegisterToolTip() {}
@ -498,8 +498,8 @@ private:
Register* m_register;
};
RegisterToolTip::RegisterToolTip(TQWidget* tqparent, Register * reg) :
TQToolTip(tqparent),
RegisterToolTip::RegisterToolTip(TQWidget* parent, Register * reg) :
TQToolTip(parent),
m_register(reg)
{
}
@ -535,8 +535,8 @@ void RegisterToolTip::maybeTip(const TQPoint& pos)
return;
}
Register::Register(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
TransactionEditorContainer(tqparent, name),
Register::Register(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
TransactionEditorContainer(parent, name),
m_selectAnchor(0),
m_focusItem(0),
m_firstItem(0),
@ -2197,17 +2197,17 @@ void Register::keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent* ev)
}
}
Transaction* Register::transactionFactory(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId)
Transaction* Register::transactionFactory(Register *parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId)
{
Transaction* t = 0;
MyMoneySplit s = split;
if(tqparent->account() == MyMoneyAccount()) {
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::StdTransaction(tqparent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
if(parent->account() == MyMoneyAccount()) {
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::StdTransaction(parent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
return t;
}
switch(tqparent->account().accountType()) {
switch(parent->account().accountType()) {
case MyMoneyAccount::Checkings:
case MyMoneyAccount::Savings:
case MyMoneyAccount::Cash:
@ -2221,29 +2221,29 @@ Transaction* Register::transactionFactory(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTrans
case MyMoneyAccount::AssetLoan:
case MyMoneyAccount::Equity:
if(s.accountId().isEmpty())
s.setAccountId(tqparent->account().id());
s.setAccountId(parent->account().id());
if(s.isMatched())
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::StdTransactionMatched(tqparent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::StdTransactionMatched(parent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
else if(transaction.isImported())
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::StdTransactionDownloaded(tqparent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::StdTransactionDownloaded(parent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
else
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::StdTransaction(tqparent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::StdTransaction(parent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
break;
case MyMoneyAccount::Investment:
if(s.isMatched())
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::InvestTransaction/* Matched */(tqparent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::InvestTransaction/* Matched */(parent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
else if(transaction.isImported())
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::InvestTransactionDownloaded(tqparent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::InvestTransactionDownloaded(parent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
else
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::InvestTransaction(tqparent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
t = new KMyMoneyRegister::InvestTransaction(parent, transaction, s, uniqueId);
break;
case MyMoneyAccount::CertificateDep:
case MyMoneyAccount::MoneyMarket:
case MyMoneyAccount::Stock:
default:
qDebug("Register::transactionFactory: invalid accountTypeE %d", tqparent->account().accountType());
qDebug("Register::transactionFactory: invalid accountTypeE %d", parent->account().accountType());
break;
}
return t;

@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ public:
void removeOrphans(void) {
TQWidgetContainer::iterator it_w;
for(it_w = begin(); it_w != end(); ) {
if((*it_w) && (*it_w)->tqparent())
if((*it_w) && (*it_w)->parent())
++it_w;
else {
delete (*it_w);
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ public:
class GroupMarker : public RegisterItem
{
public:
GroupMarker(Register* tqparent, const TQString& txt = TQString());
GroupMarker(Register* parent, const TQString& txt = TQString());
~GroupMarker();
void setText(const TQString& txt) { m_txt = txt; }
const TQString& text(void) const { return m_txt; }
@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ protected:
class FancyDateGroupMarker : public GroupMarker
{
public:
FancyDateGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt);
FancyDateGroupMarker(Register* parent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt);
virtual const TQDate& sortPostDate(void) const { return m_date; }
virtual const TQDate& sortEntryDate(void) const { return m_date; }
@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ private:
class StatementGroupMarker : public FancyDateGroupMarker
{
public:
StatementGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, CashFlowDirection dir, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt );
StatementGroupMarker(Register* parent, CashFlowDirection dir, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt );
CashFlowDirection sortType(void) const { return m_dir; }
virtual int sortSamePostDate(void) const { return 3; }
private:
@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ private:
class SimpleDateGroupMarker : public FancyDateGroupMarker
{
public:
SimpleDateGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt);
SimpleDateGroupMarker(Register* parent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt);
void paintRegisterCell(TQPainter* painter, int row, int col, const TQRect& r, bool selected, const TQColorGroup& cg);
int rowHeightHint(void) const;
virtual const char* className(void) { return "SimpleDateGroupMarker"; }
@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ public:
class TypeGroupMarker : public GroupMarker
{
public:
TypeGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, CashFlowDirection dir, MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE accType);
TypeGroupMarker(Register* parent, CashFlowDirection dir, MyMoneyAccount::accountTypeE accType);
CashFlowDirection sortType(void) const { return m_dir; }
private:
CashFlowDirection m_dir;
@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ private:
class FiscalYearGroupMarker : public FancyDateGroupMarker
{
public:
FiscalYearGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt);
FiscalYearGroupMarker(Register* parent, const TQDate& date, const TQString& txt);
virtual const char* className(void) { return "FiscalYearGroupMarker"; }
virtual int sortSamePostDate(void) const { return 1; }
@ -203,14 +203,14 @@ protected:
class PayeeGroupMarker : public GroupMarker
{
public:
PayeeGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, const TQString& name);
PayeeGroupMarker(Register* parent, const TQString& name);
const TQString& sortPayee(void) const { return m_txt; }
};
class CategoryGroupMarker : public GroupMarker
{
public:
CategoryGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, const TQString& category);
CategoryGroupMarker(Register* parent, const TQString& category);
const TQString& sortCategory(void) const { return m_txt; }
const TQString& sortSecurity(void) const { return m_txt; }
@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public:
class ReconcileGroupMarker : public GroupMarker
{
public:
ReconcileGroupMarker(Register* tqparent, MyMoneySplit::reconcileFlagE state);
ReconcileGroupMarker(Register* parent, MyMoneySplit::reconcileFlagE state);
virtual MyMoneySplit::reconcileFlagE sortReconcileState(void) const { return m_state; }
private:
MyMoneySplit::reconcileFlagE m_state;
@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ class Register : public TransactionEditorContainer
friend class InvestTransaction;
public:
Register(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
Register(TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
virtual ~Register();
/**
@ -418,14 +418,14 @@ public:
* This method creates a specifc transaction according to the
* transaction passed in @a transaction.
*
* @param tqparent pointer to register where the created object should be added
* @param parent pointer to register where the created object should be added
* @param transaction the transaction which should be used to create the object
* @param split the split of the transaction which should be used to create the object
* @param uniqueId an int that will be used to construct the id of the item
*
* @return pointer to created object (0 upon failure)
*/
static Transaction* transactionFactory(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
static Transaction* transactionFactory(Register *parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
const MyMoneyAccount& account(void) const { return m_account; }

@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ RegisterItem::RegisterItem() :
init();
}
RegisterItem::RegisterItem(Register* tqparent) :
m_parent(tqparent),
RegisterItem::RegisterItem(Register* parent) :
m_parent(parent),
m_prev(0),
m_next(0)
{
init();
tqparent->addItem(this);
parent->addItem(this);
}
void RegisterItem::init(void)
@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ RegisterItem::~RegisterItem()
m_parent->removeItem(this);
}
void RegisterItem::setParent(Register* tqparent)
void RegisterItem::setParent(Register* parent)
{
m_parent = tqparent;
m_parent = parent;
}
void RegisterItem::setNumRowsRegister(int rows)

@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ class RegisterItem
{
public:
RegisterItem();
RegisterItem(Register* tqparent);
RegisterItem(Register* parent);
virtual ~RegisterItem();
virtual const char* className(void) = 0;
@ -150,18 +150,18 @@ public:
virtual const TQString& id(void) const { return MyMoneyObject::emptyId(); }
/**
* Sets the tqparent of this item to be the register @p tqparent
* Sets the parent of this item to be the register @p parent
*
* @param tqparent pointer to register
* @param parent pointer to register
*/
void setParent(Register* tqparent);
void setParent(Register* parent);
/**
* This member returns a pointer to the tqparent object
* This member returns a pointer to the parent object
*
* @retval pointer to Register
*/
Register* tqparent(void) const { return m_parent; }
Register* parent(void) const { return m_parent; }
void setNeedResize(void) { m_needResize = true; }

@ -53,15 +53,15 @@ public:
int status;
};
RegisterSearchLine::RegisterSearchLine(TQWidget* tqparent, Register* reg, const char* name) :
KLineEdit(tqparent, name),
RegisterSearchLine::RegisterSearchLine(TQWidget* parent, Register* reg, const char* name) :
KLineEdit(parent, name),
d(new RegisterSearchLinePrivate)
{
init(reg);
}
RegisterSearchLine::RegisterSearchLine(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
KLineEdit(tqparent, name),
RegisterSearchLine::RegisterSearchLine(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
KLineEdit(parent, name),
d(new RegisterSearchLinePrivate)
{
init(0);
@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ class RegisterSearchLineWidget::RegisterSearchLineWidgetPrivate
};
RegisterSearchLineWidget::RegisterSearchLineWidget(Register* reg, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
TQHBox(tqparent, name),
RegisterSearchLineWidget::RegisterSearchLineWidget(Register* reg, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
TQHBox(parent, name),
d(new RegisterSearchLineWidgetPrivate)
{
d->reg = reg;

@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ public:
* If @a reg is null then the widget will be disabled until a register
* is set with setRegister().
*/
RegisterSearchLine(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, Register* reg = 0, const char* name = 0);
RegisterSearchLine(TQWidget* parent = 0, Register* reg = 0, const char* name = 0);
/**
* Constructs a RegisterSearchLine
*
* The widget will be disabled until a register is set with setRegister().
*/
RegisterSearchLine(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
RegisterSearchLine(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
/**
* Destroys the object
@ -113,10 +113,10 @@ class KMYMONEY_EXPORT RegisterSearchLineWidget : public TQHBox
TQ_OBJECT
public:
/**
* Creates a RegisterSearchLineWidget for @a reg with @a tqparent as the
* tqparent and with @a name.
* Creates a RegisterSearchLineWidget for @a reg with @a parent as the
* parent and with @a name.
*/
RegisterSearchLineWidget(Register* reg = 0, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
RegisterSearchLineWidget(Register* reg = 0, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
/**
* Destroys the object

@ -33,9 +33,9 @@
using namespace KMyMoneyRegister;
using namespace KMyMoneyTransactionForm;
StdTransactionScheduled::StdTransactionScheduled(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
StdTransaction(tqparent, transaction, split, uniqueId),
m_drawCounter(tqparent->drawCounter()-1)
StdTransactionScheduled::StdTransactionScheduled(Register *parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
StdTransaction(parent, transaction, split, uniqueId),
m_drawCounter(parent->drawCounter()-1)
{
// setup initial size
setNumRowsRegister(numRowsRegister(KMyMoneyGlobalSettings::showRegisterDetailed()));

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ namespace KMyMoneyRegister {
class StdTransactionScheduled : public StdTransaction
{
public:
StdTransactionScheduled(Register* tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
StdTransactionScheduled(Register* parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
virtual ~StdTransactionScheduled() {}
virtual const char* className(void) { return "StdTransactionScheduled"; }

@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ static const char * sortDescendingXpm[] = {
class SortOptionListItem : public KListViewItem
{
public:
SortOptionListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TQListViewItem* after, const TQString& txt, int direction);
SortOptionListItem(TQListView* parent, TQListViewItem* after, const TQString& txt, int direction);
int direction(void) const;
public slots:
@ -362,8 +362,8 @@ private:
int m_direction;
};
SortOptionListItem::SortOptionListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TQListViewItem* after, const TQString& txt, int direction) :
KListViewItem(tqparent, after, txt)
SortOptionListItem::SortOptionListItem(TQListView* parent, TQListViewItem* after, const TQString& txt, int direction) :
KListViewItem(parent, after, txt)
{
m_direction = (direction >= 0) ? 1 : -1;
setPixmap();

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
using namespace KMyMoneyRegister;
using namespace KMyMoneyTransactionForm;
StdTransactionDownloaded::StdTransactionDownloaded(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
StdTransaction(tqparent, transaction, split, uniqueId)
StdTransactionDownloaded::StdTransactionDownloaded(Register *parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
StdTransaction(parent, transaction, split, uniqueId)
{
}
@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ bool StdTransactionDownloaded::paintRegisterCellSetup(TQPainter* painter, int& r
return rc;
}
InvestTransactionDownloaded::InvestTransactionDownloaded(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
InvestTransaction(tqparent, transaction, split, uniqueId)
InvestTransactionDownloaded::InvestTransactionDownloaded(Register *parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
InvestTransaction(parent, transaction, split, uniqueId)
{
}

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ namespace KMyMoneyRegister {
class StdTransactionDownloaded : public StdTransaction
{
public:
StdTransactionDownloaded(Register* tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
StdTransactionDownloaded(Register* parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
virtual ~StdTransactionDownloaded() {}
virtual const char* className(void) { return "StdTransactionDownloaded"; }
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ public:
class InvestTransactionDownloaded : public InvestTransaction
{
public:
InvestTransactionDownloaded(Register* tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
InvestTransactionDownloaded(Register* parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
virtual ~InvestTransactionDownloaded() {}
virtual const char* className(void) { return "InvestTransactionDownloaded"; }

@ -36,9 +36,9 @@
using namespace KMyMoneyRegister;
using namespace KMyMoneyTransactionForm;
StdTransactionMatched::StdTransactionMatched(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
StdTransaction(tqparent, transaction, split, uniqueId),
m_drawCounter(tqparent->drawCounter()-1)
StdTransactionMatched::StdTransactionMatched(Register *parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
StdTransaction(parent, transaction, split, uniqueId),
m_drawCounter(parent->drawCounter()-1)
{
// setup initial size
setNumRowsRegister(numRowsRegister(KMyMoneyGlobalSettings::showRegisterDetailed()));

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class StdTransactionMatched : public StdTransaction
static const int m_additionalRows = 3;
public:
StdTransactionMatched(Register* tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
StdTransactionMatched(Register* parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
virtual ~StdTransactionMatched() {}
virtual const char* className(void) { return "StdTransactionMatched"; }

@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ static unsigned char attentionSign[] = {
0x42,0x60,0x82
};
Transaction::Transaction(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
RegisterItem(tqparent),
Transaction::Transaction(Register *parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
RegisterItem(parent),
m_transaction(transaction),
m_split(split),
m_form(0),
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Transaction::Transaction(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transacti
if(!m_split.payeeId().isEmpty()) {
m_payee = file->payee(m_split.payeeId()).name();
}
if(tqparent->account().isIncomeExpense()) {
if(parent->account().isIncomeExpense()) {
m_payeeHeader = m_split.shares().isNegative() ? i18n("From") : i18n("Pay to");
} else {
m_payeeHeader = m_split.shares().isNegative() ? i18n("Pay to") : i18n("From");
@ -839,8 +839,8 @@ void Transaction::setSelected(bool selected)
m_selected = selected;
}
StdTransaction::StdTransaction(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
Transaction(tqparent, transaction, split, uniqueId),
StdTransaction::StdTransaction(Register *parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
Transaction(parent, transaction, split, uniqueId),
m_showAccountRow(false)
{
try {
@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ StdTransaction::StdTransaction(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& tra
// setup initial size
setNumRowsRegister(numRowsRegister(KMyMoneyGlobalSettings::showRegisterDetailed()));
emit tqparent->itemAdded(this);
emit parent->itemAdded(this);
}
void StdTransaction::setupFormHeader(const TQString& id)
@ -1376,8 +1376,8 @@ TransactionEditor* StdTransaction::createEditor(TransactionEditorContainer* regF
return new StdTransactionEditor(regForm, this, list, lastPostDate);
}
InvestTransaction::InvestTransaction(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
Transaction(tqparent, transaction, split, uniqueId)
InvestTransaction::InvestTransaction(Register *parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId) :
Transaction(parent, transaction, split, uniqueId)
{
// dissect the transaction into its type, splits, currency, security etc.
InvestTransactionEditor::dissectTransaction(m_transaction, m_split,
@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ InvestTransaction::InvestTransaction(Register *tqparent, const MyMoneyTransactio
// setup initial size
setNumRowsRegister(numRowsRegister(KMyMoneyGlobalSettings::showRegisterDetailed()));
emit tqparent->itemAdded(this);
emit parent->itemAdded(this);
}
void InvestTransaction::setupForm(TransactionForm* form)

@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ typedef enum {
class Transaction : public RegisterItem
{
public:
Transaction(Register* tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
Transaction(Register* parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
virtual ~Transaction() {}
virtual const char* className(void) { return "Transaction"; }
@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ protected:
class StdTransaction : public Transaction
{
public:
StdTransaction(Register* tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
StdTransaction(Register* parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
virtual ~StdTransaction() {}
virtual const char* className(void) { return "StdTransaction"; }
@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ private:
class InvestTransaction : public Transaction
{
public:
InvestTransaction(Register* tqparent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
InvestTransaction(Register* parent, const MyMoneyTransaction& transaction, const MyMoneySplit& split, int uniqueId);
virtual ~InvestTransaction() {}
virtual const TQString& sortSecurity(void) const { return m_security.name(); }

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ typedef enum {
class TransactionEditorContainer : public TQTable
{
public:
TransactionEditorContainer(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) : TQTable(tqparent, name) {}
TransactionEditorContainer(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) : TQTable(parent, name) {}
virtual void arrangeEditWidgets(TQMap<TQString, TQWidget*>& editWidgets, KMyMoneyRegister::Transaction* t) = 0;
virtual void removeEditWidgets(TQMap<TQString, TQWidget*>& editWidgets) = 0;

@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
using namespace KMyMoneyTransactionForm;
TabBar::TabBar(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
TQTabBar(tqparent, name),
TabBar::TabBar(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
TQTabBar(parent, name),
m_signalType(SignalNormal)
{
connect(this, TQT_SIGNAL(selected(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotTabSelected(int)));
@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ void TabBar::copyTabs(const TabBar* otabbar)
}
}
TransactionForm::TransactionForm(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) :
TransactionEditorContainer(tqparent, name),
TransactionForm::TransactionForm(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) :
TransactionEditorContainer(parent, name),
m_transaction(0),
m_tabBar(0)
{
@ -266,12 +266,12 @@ void TransactionForm::paintCell(TQPainter* painter, int row, int col, const TQRe
}
}
TabBar* TransactionForm::tabBar(TQWidget* tqparent)
TabBar* TransactionForm::tabBar(TQWidget* parent)
{
if(!m_tabBar && tqparent) {
if(!m_tabBar && parent) {
// determine the height of the objects in the table
// create the tab bar
m_tabBar = new TabBar( tqparent );
m_tabBar = new TabBar( parent );
m_tabBar->setSignalEmission(TabBar::SignalAlways);
m_tabBar->tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( (TQSizePolicy::SizeType)5, (TQSizePolicy::SizeType)0, 0, 0, m_tabBar->sizePolicy().hasHeightForWidth() ) );
connect(m_tabBar, TQT_SIGNAL(tabSelected(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotActionSelected(int)));

@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public:
SignalAlways // always signal selection of a tab
} SignalEmissionE;
TabBar(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
TabBar(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
virtual ~TabBar() {}
SignalEmissionE setSignalEmission(SignalEmissionE type);
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ class TransactionForm : public TransactionEditorContainer
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
TransactionForm(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
TransactionForm(TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
virtual ~TransactionForm() {}
/**
@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ public:
*/
void setCurrentCell(int, int) {}
TabBar* tabBar(TQWidget* tqparent = 0);
TabBar* tabBar(TQWidget* parent = 0);
void setupForm(const MyMoneyAccount& acc);

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
<enum>NoFocus</enum>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>This page allows you to select the tqparent account.</string>
<string>This page allows you to select the parent account.</string>
</property>
</widget>
<widget class="TQLabel">

@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ namespace NewAccountWizard {
StepFinish
};
};
NewAccountWizard::Wizard::Wizard(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, bool modal, WFlags flags)
: KMyMoneyWizard(tqparent, name, modal, flags)
NewAccountWizard::Wizard::Wizard(TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal, WFlags flags)
: KMyMoneyWizard(parent, name, modal, flags)
{
setTitle(i18n("KMyMoney New Account Setup"));
addStep(i18n("Institution"));
@ -1318,15 +1318,15 @@ LoanSchedulePage::LoanSchedulePage(Wizard* wizard, const char* name) :
void LoanSchedulePage::slotCreateCategory(const TQString& name, TQString& id)
{
MyMoneyAccount acc, tqparent;
MyMoneyAccount acc, parent;
acc.setName(name);
if(m_wizard->moneyBorrowed())
tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->expense();
else
tqparent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->income();
parent = MyMoneyFile::instance()->income();
emit m_wizard->createCategory(acc, tqparent);
emit m_wizard->createCategory(acc, parent);
// return id
id = acc.id();
@ -1504,14 +1504,14 @@ void HierarchyPage::enterPage(void)
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* HierarchyPage::buildAccountTree
( KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase* tqparent
( KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase* parent
, const MyMoneyAccount& account
, bool open ) const
{
// Recursively add child accounts to the list
if ( account.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
return NULL;
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* childItem = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem( tqparent, account );
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* childItem = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem( parent, account );
if ( open )
childItem->setOpen(true);
for ( TQStringList::ConstIterator it = account.accountList().begin();
@ -1529,14 +1529,14 @@ KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* HierarchyPage::buildAccountTree
}
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* HierarchyPage::buildAccountTree
( KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent
( KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* parent
, const MyMoneyAccount& account
, bool open ) const
{
// Recursively add child accounts to the list
if ( account.accountType() == MyMoneyAccount::Investment)
return NULL;
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* childItem = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem( tqparent, account );
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* childItem = new KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem( parent, account );
if ( open )
childItem->setOpen(true);
for ( TQStringList::ConstIterator it = account.accountList().begin();

@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ class Wizard : public KMyMoneyWizard
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
Wizard(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0, bool modal = false, WFlags flags = 0);
Wizard(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, bool modal = false, WFlags flags = 0);
/**
* Returns the information about the account as entered by
@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ public:
void setAccount(const MyMoneyAccount& acc);
/**
* Returns the information about the tqparent account as entered by
* Returns the information about the parent account as entered by
* the user.
* @note For now it's either fixed as Asset or Liability. We will provide
* user selected tqparent accounts later.
* user selected parent accounts later.
*/
const MyMoneyAccount& parentAccount(void);

@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ class InstitutionPage : public KInstitutionPageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
InstitutionPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
InstitutionPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
~InstitutionPage();
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ class AccountTypePage : public KAccountTypePageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
AccountTypePage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
AccountTypePage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
virtual bool isComplete(void) const;
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ class BrokeragePage : public KBrokeragePageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
BrokeragePage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
BrokeragePage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
void enterPage(void);
@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ class CreditCardSchedulePage : public KSchedulePageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizar
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CreditCardSchedulePage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
CreditCardSchedulePage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
virtual bool isComplete(void) const;
void enterPage(void);
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class GeneralLoanInfoPage : public KGeneralLoanInfoPageDecl, public WizardPage<W
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
GeneralLoanInfoPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
GeneralLoanInfoPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
virtual bool isComplete(void) const;
void enterPage(void);
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ class LoanDetailsPage : public KLoanDetailsPageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
LoanDetailsPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
LoanDetailsPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
void enterPage(void);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
virtual bool isComplete(void) const;
@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ class LoanPaymentPage : public KLoanPaymentPageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
LoanPaymentPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
LoanPaymentPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
~LoanPaymentPage();
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ class LoanSchedulePage : public KLoanSchedulePageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
LoanSchedulePage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
LoanSchedulePage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
void enterPage(void);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ class LoanPayoutPage : public KLoanPayoutPageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
LoanPayoutPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
LoanPayoutPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
void enterPage(void);
virtual bool isComplete(void) const;
@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ class HierarchyPage : public KHierarchyPageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
HierarchyPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
HierarchyPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
void enterPage(void);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
TQWidget* initialFocusWidget(void) const { return m_qlistviewParentAccounts; }
@ -312,11 +312,11 @@ public:
private:
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* buildAccountTree
( KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase* tqparent
( KMyMoneyAccountTreeBase* parent
, const MyMoneyAccount& account
, bool open = false ) const;
KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* buildAccountTree
( KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* tqparent
( KMyMoneyAccountTreeItem* parent
, const MyMoneyAccount& account
, bool open = false ) const;
MyMoneyAccount m_topAccount; // Last populated top account
@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ class AccountSummaryPage : public KAccountSummaryPageDecl, public WizardPage<Wiz
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
AccountSummaryPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
AccountSummaryPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
void enterPage(void);
TQWidget* initialFocusWidget(void) const { return m_dataList; }
};

@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ using namespace NewUserWizard;
static int stepCount;
NewUserWizard::Wizard::Wizard(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, bool modal, WFlags flags) :
KMyMoneyWizard(tqparent, name, modal, flags),
NewUserWizard::Wizard::Wizard(TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal, WFlags flags) :
KMyMoneyWizard(parent, name, modal, flags),
m_introPage(0)
{
bool isFirstTime = KMyMoneyGlobalSettings::firstTimeRun();

@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ class Wizard : public KMyMoneyWizard
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
Wizard(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0, bool modal = false, WFlags flags = 0);
Wizard(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, bool modal = false, WFlags flags = 0);
/**
* Returns the personal information of the user (e.g. name, address, etc.)
*/

@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ class IntroPage : public KIntroPageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
IntroPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
IntroPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
};
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ class GeneralPage : public UserInfo, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
GeneralPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
GeneralPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
protected slots:
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ class CurrencyPage : public Currency, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CurrencyPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
CurrencyPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
void enterPage(void);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
};
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ class AccountPage : public KAccountPageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
AccountPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
AccountPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
virtual bool isComplete(void) const;
@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ class CategoriesPage : public Accounts, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CategoriesPage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
CategoriesPage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
TQValueList<MyMoneyTemplate> selectedTemplates(void) const;
};
@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ class PreferencePage : public KPreferencePageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PreferencePage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
PreferencePage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
KMyMoneyWizardPage* nextPage(void) const;
};
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ class FilePage : public KFilePageDecl, public WizardPage<Wizard>
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
FilePage(Wizard* tqparent, const char* name = 0);
FilePage(Wizard* parent, const char* name = 0);
virtual bool isComplete(void) const;
};

@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
#include "accounts.h"
Accounts::Accounts(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
AccountsDecl(tqparent, name)
Accounts::Accounts(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
AccountsDecl(parent, name)
{
}

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class Accounts : public AccountsDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
Accounts(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
Accounts(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
private:
};

@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
#include "currency.h"
Currency::Currency(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
CurrencyDecl(tqparent, name)
Currency::Currency(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
CurrencyDecl(parent, name)
{
m_currencyList->setAllColumnsShowFocus(true);
m_currencyList->setMultiSelection(false);

@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class Currency : public CurrencyDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
Currency(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
Currency(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
TQListViewItem* insertCurrency(const MyMoneySecurity& sec);
void selectCurrency(const MyMoneySecurity& sec);
TQString selectedCurrency(void) const;

@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
#include "userinfo.h"
#include <kmymoney/mymoneypayee.h>
UserInfo::UserInfo(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) :
UserInfoDecl(tqparent, name)
UserInfo::UserInfo(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) :
UserInfoDecl(parent, name)
{
m_userNameEdit->setFocus();
}

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class UserInfo : public UserInfoDecl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
UserInfo(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
UserInfo(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
MyMoneyPayee user(void) const;
private:

@ -347,12 +347,12 @@ qDebug("pdWidth: %i box myRect w: %i h %i",pdWidth,myRect.width(),myRect.hei
void KDChartCustomBox::createCustomBoxNode( TQDomDocument& document,
TQDomNode& tqparent,
TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const KDChartCustomBox* custombox )
{
TQDomElement customBoxElement = document.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( customBoxElement );
parent.appendChild( customBoxElement );
KDXML::createIntNode( document, customBoxElement, "Rotation", custombox->_rotation );
KDXML::createStringNode( document, customBoxElement, "ContentText",
custombox->_content.text() );

@ -368,12 +368,12 @@ public:
in a DOM document.
\param document the DOM document to which the node will belong
\param tqparent the tqparent node to which the new node will be appended
\param parent the parent node to which the new node will be appended
\param elementName the name of the new node
\param custombox the custom box to be represented
*/
static void createCustomBoxNode( TQDomDocument& document,
TQDomNode& tqparent,
TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const KDChartCustomBox* custombox );

@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ public:
static void createFrameSettingsNode( TQDomDocument& document,
TQDomNode& tqparent,
TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const KDChartFrameSettings* settings,
uint areaId );
@ -2418,18 +2418,18 @@ public:
friend TQTextStream& operator>>( TQTextStream& s, KDChartParams& p );
public slots:
static void createChartValueNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
static void createChartValueNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQVariant& valY,
const TQVariant& valX,
const int& propID );
static void createColorMapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
static void createColorMapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQMap< uint, TQColor >& map );
static void createDoubleMapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
static void createDoubleMapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQMap< int, double >& map );
static void createChartFontNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
static void createChartFontNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQFont& font, bool useRelFont,
int relFont,

@ -248,18 +248,18 @@ bool KDChartParams::KDChartFrameSettings::readFrameSettingsNode( const TQDomElem
object for use in a DOM document.
\param document the DOM document to which the node will belong
\param tqparent the tqparent node to which the new node will be appended
\param parent the parent node to which the new node will be appended
\param elementName the name of the new node
\param settings the frame settings to be represented
*/
void KDChartParams::KDChartFrameSettings::createFrameSettingsNode( TQDomDocument& document,
TQDomNode& tqparent,
TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const KDChartParams::KDChartFrameSettings* settings,
uint areaId )
{
TQDomElement frameSettingsElement = document.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( frameSettingsElement );
parent.appendChild( frameSettingsElement );
if( settings->_frame )
KDFrame::createFrameNode( document, frameSettingsElement, "Frame",
*settings->_frame );

@ -2247,17 +2247,17 @@ bool KDChartParams::loadXML( const TQDomDocument& doc )
for use in a DOM document.
\param doc the DOM document to which the node will belong
\param tqparent the tqparent node to which the new node will be appended
\param parent the parent node to which the new node will be appended
\param elementName the name of the new node
\param map the map of colors to be represented
*/
void KDChartParams::createColorMapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void KDChartParams::createColorMapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQMap< uint, TQColor >& map )
{
TQDomElement mapElement =
doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( mapElement );
parent.appendChild( mapElement );
for( TQMap<uint,TQColor>::ConstIterator it = map.begin();
it != map.end(); ++it ) {
// Dataset element
@ -2277,17 +2277,17 @@ void KDChartParams::createColorMapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
for use in a DOM document.
\param doc the DOM document to which the node will belong
\param tqparent the tqparent node to which the new node will be appended
\param parent the parent node to which the new node will be appended
\param elementName the name of the new node
\param map the map of doubles to be represented
*/
void KDChartParams::createDoubleMapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void KDChartParams::createDoubleMapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQMap< int, double >& map )
{
TQDomElement mapElement =
doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( mapElement );
parent.appendChild( mapElement );
for( TQMap<int,double>::ConstIterator it = map.begin();
it != map.end(); ++it ) {
// Dataset element
@ -2321,18 +2321,18 @@ void dataCoordToElementAttr(const TQVariant& val, TQDomElement& element, const T
chart value for use in a DOM document.
\param doc the DOM document to which the node will belong
\param tqparent the tqparent node to which the new node will be appended
\param parent the parent node to which the new node will be appended
\param elementName the name of the new node
\param data the chart value to be represented
*/
void KDChartParams::createChartValueNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void KDChartParams::createChartValueNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQVariant& valY,
const TQVariant& valX,
const int& propID )
{
TQDomElement element = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( element );
parent.appendChild( element );
dataCoordToElementAttr( valY, element, "" ); // no postfix for Y value: backwards compat.
dataCoordToElementAttr( valX, element, "X" );
element.setAttribute( "PropertySetID",
@ -2346,7 +2346,7 @@ void KDChartParams::createChartValueNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparen
chart for use in a DOM document.
\param doc the DOM document to which the node will belong
\param tqparent the tqparent node to which the new node will be appended
\param parent the parent node to which the new node will be appended
\param elementName the name of the new node
\param font the font to be resented
\param useRelFont the specification whether the font size
@ -2354,14 +2354,14 @@ void KDChartParams::createChartValueNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparen
\param relFont the relative font size
\param minFont the minimal font size in points, leave this parameter out if not needed
*/
void KDChartParams::createChartFontNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void KDChartParams::createChartFontNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQFont& font, bool useRelFont,
int relFont,
int minFont )
{
TQDomElement chartFontElement = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( chartFontElement );
parent.appendChild( chartFontElement );
KDXML::createFontNode( doc, chartFontElement, "Font", font );
KDXML::createBoolNode( doc, chartFontElement, "UseRelFontSize",
useRelFont );
@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ void KDChartParams::createChartFontNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent
for use in a DOM document.
\param doc the DOM document to which the node will belong
\param tqparent the tqparent node to which the new node will be appended
\param parent the parent node to which the new node will be appended
\param elementName the name of the new node
\param map the color map to be represented
*/

@ -107,12 +107,12 @@ class KDCHART_EXPORT KDChartPropertySet :public TQObject
This constructor may be used to initialize a property set
and let it have all property IDs set to a specific value,
e.g. you might pass KDCHART_PROPSET_NORMAL_DATA
as ID to make the default property set the tqparent of all
as ID to make the default property set the parent of all
values.
\param name (may be empty) a name describing this property set.
\param idParent the ID of the tqparent property set. Skip this paramter
to define a property set without specifying a tqparent.
\param idParent the ID of the parent property set. Skip this paramter
to define a property set without specifying a parent.
*/
KDChartPropertySet( const TQString& name, int idParent=KDChartPropertySet::UndefinedID ) :
mOwnID( UndefinedID )

@ -65,12 +65,12 @@
and setData before using this chart otherwise only a simple
default bar chart will be shown.
\param tqparent the widget tqparent; passed on to TQWidget
\param parent the widget parent; passed on to TQWidget
\param name the widget name; passed on to TQWidget
*/
KDChartWidget::KDChartWidget( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ) :
TQWidget( tqparent, name ),
KDChartWidget::KDChartWidget( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) :
TQWidget( parent, name ),
_params( 0 ),
_data( 0 ),
_activeData( false ),
@ -87,14 +87,14 @@ _mousePressedOnRegion( 0 )
\param params the specification of the chart
\param data the data to be displayed as a chart
\param tqparent the widget tqparent; passed on to TQWidget
\param parent the widget parent; passed on to TQWidget
\param name the widget name; passed on to TQWidget
*/
KDChartWidget::KDChartWidget( KDChartParams* params,
KDChartTableDataBase* data,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ) :
TQWidget( tqparent, name ),
TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) :
TQWidget( parent, name ),
_params( params ),
_data( data ),
_activeData( false ),

@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ class KDCHART_EXPORT KDChartWidget : public TQWidget
TQ_PROPERTY( bool doubleBuffered READ isDoubleBuffered WRITE setDoubleBuffered )
public:
KDChartWidget( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
KDChartWidget( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
KDChartWidget( KDChartParams* params,
KDChartTableDataBase* data,
TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~KDChartWidget();
public slots:

@ -356,9 +356,9 @@ void KDDrawText::drawRotatedTxt( TQPainter* painter,
TQt::AlignLeft + TQt::AlignTop );
*/
TQBitmap tqmask;
tqmask = pm;
pm.setMask( tqmask );
TQBitmap mask;
mask = pm;
pm.setMask( mask );
TQWMatrix m;
m.rotate( degrees );
TQPixmap theRotatedPixmap = pm.xForm(m);

@ -404,12 +404,12 @@ void KDFrame::setSimpleFrame( SimpleFrame frame,
}
void KDFrame::createFrameNode( TQDomDocument& document, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void KDFrame::createFrameNode( TQDomDocument& document, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const KDFrame& frame )
{
TQDomElement frameElement = document.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( frameElement );
parent.appendChild( frameElement );
KDXML::createIntNode( document, frameElement, "ShadowWidth",
frame._shadowWidth );
KDXML::createStringNode( document, frameElement, "CornerName",
@ -442,12 +442,12 @@ void KDFrame::createFrameNode( TQDomDocument& document, TQDomNode& tqparent,
frame._cornerBR );
}
void KDFrame::createFrameProfileNode( TQDomDocument& document, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void KDFrame::createFrameProfileNode( TQDomDocument& document, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
KDFrameProfile profile )
{
TQDomElement profileElement = document.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( profileElement );
parent.appendChild( profileElement );
for( const KDFrameProfileSection* section = profile.first(); section != 0;
section = profile.next() )
KDFrameProfileSection::createFrameProfileSectionNode( document,
@ -458,12 +458,12 @@ void KDFrame::createFrameProfileNode( TQDomDocument& document, TQDomNode& tqpare
void KDFrame::KDFrameCorner::createFrameCornerNode( TQDomDocument& document,
TQDomNode& tqparent,
TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const KDFrameCorner& corner )
{
TQDomElement cornerElement = document.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( cornerElement );
parent.appendChild( cornerElement );
KDXML::createStringNode( document, cornerElement, "Style",
KDFrame::cornerStyleToString( corner._style ) );
KDXML::createIntNode( document, cornerElement, "Width",

@ -516,13 +516,13 @@ public:
in a DOM document.
\param document the DOM document to which the node will belong
\param tqparent the tqparent node to which the new node will be appended
\param parent the parent node to which the new node will be appended
\param elementName the name of the new node
\param corner the corner to be represented
\endif
*/
static void createFrameCornerNode( TQDomDocument& document,
TQDomNode& tqparent,
TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const KDFrameCorner& corner );
@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ public:
/**
Default Constructor. Defines default values.
The constructor does *not* have a \c tqparent parameter since drawing
The constructor does *not* have a \c parent parameter since drawing
of the frame is not done transparently but by (one or more) explicit
calls of the frames paint() methode. See explanation given there
to learn about the why and how of this...
@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ public:
/*
Constructor. Set up a frame by copying settings of another frame.
The constructor does *not* have a \c tqparent parameter since drawing
The constructor does *not* have a \c parent parameter since drawing
of the frame is not done transparently but by (one or more) explicit
calls of the frames paint() methode. See explanation given there
to learn about the why and how of this...
@ -1011,11 +1011,11 @@ public:
in a DOM document.
\param document the DOM document to which the node will belong
\param tqparent the tqparent node to which the new node will be appended
\param parent the parent node to which the new node will be appended
\param elementName the name of the new node
\param frame the frame to be represented
*/
static void createFrameNode( TQDomDocument& document, TQDomNode& tqparent,
static void createFrameNode( TQDomDocument& document, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const KDFrame& frame );
@ -1024,12 +1024,12 @@ public:
in a DOM document.
\param document the DOM document to which the node will belong
\param tqparent the tqparent node to which the new node will be appended
\param parent the parent node to which the new node will be appended
\param elementName the name of the new node
\param profile the profile to be represented
*/
static void createFrameProfileNode( TQDomDocument& document,
TQDomNode& tqparent,
TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
KDFrameProfile profile );

@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ KDFrameProfileSection::~KDFrameProfileSection()
void KDFrameProfileSection::createFrameProfileSectionNode( TQDomDocument& document,
TQDomNode& tqparent,
TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const KDFrameProfileSection* section )
{
TQDomElement sectionElement = document.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( sectionElement );
parent.appendChild( sectionElement );
KDXML::createStringNode( document, sectionElement, "Direction",
KDFrameProfileSection::directionToString( section->_direction ) );
KDXML::createStringNode( document, sectionElement, "Curvature",

@ -189,12 +189,12 @@ public:
section for use in a DOM document.
\param document the DOM document to which the node will belong
\param tqparent the tqparent node to which the new node will be appended
\param parent the parent node to which the new node will be appended
\param elementName the name of the new node
\param section the section to be represented
*/
static void createFrameProfileSectionNode( TQDomDocument& document,
TQDomNode& tqparent,
TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const KDFrameProfileSection* section );

@ -33,24 +33,24 @@
namespace KDXML {
void createBoolNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createBoolNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, bool value )
{
TQDomElement newElement =
doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( newElement );
parent.appendChild( newElement );
TQDomText elementContent =
doc.createTextNode( value ? "true" : "false" );
newElement.appendChild( elementContent );
}
void createOrientationNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createOrientationNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, Qt::Orientation value )
{
TQDomElement newElement =
doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( newElement );
parent.appendChild( newElement );
TQDomText elementContent =
doc.createTextNode( (Qt::Vertical == value) ? "vertical" : "horizontal" );
newElement.appendChild( elementContent );
@ -58,59 +58,59 @@ namespace KDXML {
void createSizeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createSizeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQSize& value )
{
TQDomElement newElement =
doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( newElement );
parent.appendChild( newElement );
newElement.setAttribute( "Width", value.width() );
newElement.setAttribute( "Height", value.height() );
}
void createIntNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createIntNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, int value )
{
TQDomElement newElement =
doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( newElement );
parent.appendChild( newElement );
TQDomText elementContent =
doc.createTextNode( TQString::number( value ) );
newElement.appendChild( elementContent );
}
void createDoubleNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createDoubleNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, double value )
{
TQDomElement newElement =
doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( newElement );
parent.appendChild( newElement );
TQDomText elementContent =
doc.createTextNode( TQString::number( value ) );
newElement.appendChild( elementContent );
}
void createStringNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createStringNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQString& text )
{
TQDomElement newElement =
doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( newElement );
parent.appendChild( newElement );
TQDomText elementContent =
doc.createTextNode( text );
newElement.appendChild( elementContent );
}
void createColorNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createColorNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQColor& color )
{
TQDomElement colorElement = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( colorElement );
parent.appendChild( colorElement );
colorElement.setAttribute( "Red",
TQString::number( color.red() ) );
colorElement.setAttribute( "Green",
@ -120,12 +120,12 @@ namespace KDXML {
}
void createBrushNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createBrushNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQBrush& brush )
{
TQDomElement brushElement = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( brushElement );
parent.appendChild( brushElement );
createColorNode( doc, brushElement, "Color", brush.color() );
createStringNode( doc, brushElement, "Style",
KDXML::brushStyleToString( brush.style() ) );
@ -134,11 +134,11 @@ namespace KDXML {
}
void createPixmapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createPixmapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQPixmap& pixmap )
{
TQDomElement pixmapElement = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( pixmapElement );
parent.appendChild( pixmapElement );
createStringNode( doc, pixmapElement, "Format", "XPM.GZ" );
if( pixmap.isNull() ){
@ -172,11 +172,11 @@ namespace KDXML {
}
void createRectNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createRectNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQRect& rect )
{
TQDomElement rectElement = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( rectElement );
parent.appendChild( rectElement );
TQDomElement xElement = doc.createElement( "X" );
rectElement.appendChild( xElement );
TQDomText xContent = doc.createTextNode( TQString::number( rect.x() ) );
@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ namespace KDXML {
}
void createStringListNodes( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createStringListNodes( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQStringList* list )
{
@ -206,18 +206,18 @@ namespace KDXML {
for( TQStringList::ConstIterator it = list->begin();
it != list->end(); ++it ) {
TQDomElement element = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( element );
parent.appendChild( element );
TQDomText elementContent = doc.createTextNode( *it );
element.appendChild( elementContent );
}
}
void createFontNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createFontNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQFont& font )
{
TQDomElement fontElement = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( fontElement );
parent.appendChild( fontElement );
createStringNode( doc, fontElement, "Family", font.family() );
createIntNode( doc, fontElement, "PointSize", font.pointSize() );
createIntNode( doc, fontElement, "Weight", font.weight() );
@ -229,44 +229,44 @@ namespace KDXML {
}
void createPenNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createPenNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQPen& pen )
{
TQDomElement penElement = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( penElement );
parent.appendChild( penElement );
createIntNode( doc, penElement, "Width", pen.width() );
createColorNode( doc, penElement, "Color", pen.color() );
createStringNode( doc, penElement, "Style", penStyleToString( pen.style() ) );
}
void createDateTimeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createDateTimeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQDateTime& datetime )
{
TQDomElement dateTimeElement = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( dateTimeElement );
parent.appendChild( dateTimeElement );
createDateNode( doc, dateTimeElement, "Date", datetime.date() );
createTimeNode( doc, dateTimeElement, "Time", datetime.time() );
}
void createDateNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createDateNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQDate& date )
{
TQDomElement dateElement = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( dateElement );
parent.appendChild( dateElement );
dateElement.setAttribute( "Year", TQString::number( date.year() ) );
dateElement.setAttribute( "Month", TQString::number( date.month() ) );
dateElement.setAttribute( "Day", TQString::number( date.day() ) );
}
void createTimeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createTimeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQTime& time )
{
TQDomElement timeElement = doc.createElement( elementName );
tqparent.appendChild( timeElement );
parent.appendChild( timeElement );
timeElement.setAttribute( "Hour",
TQString::number( time.hour() ) );
timeElement.setAttribute( "Minute",

@ -49,41 +49,41 @@ namespace KDXML {
TQString brushStyleToString( Qt::BrushStyle style );
Qt::BrushStyle stringToBrushStyle( const TQString& style );
void createBoolNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createBoolNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, bool value );
void createOrientationNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createOrientationNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, Qt::Orientation value );
void createSizeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createSizeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQSize& value );
void createIntNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createIntNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, int value );
void createDoubleNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createDoubleNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, double value );
void createStringNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createStringNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQString& text );
void createColorNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createColorNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQColor& color );
void createBrushNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createBrushNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQBrush& brush );
void createPixmapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createPixmapNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQPixmap& pixmap );
void createRectNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createRectNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQRect& rect );
void createStringListNodes( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createStringListNodes( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQStringList* thelist ); // PCH: This is required to avoid MSVC compiler warnings and errors.
void createFontNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createFontNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQFont& font );
void createPenNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createPenNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQPen& pen );
void createDateTimeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createDateTimeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName,
const TQDateTime& datetime );
void createDateNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createDateNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQDate& date );
void createTimeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& tqparent,
void createTimeNode( TQDomDocument& doc, TQDomNode& parent,
const TQString& elementName, const TQTime& time );
bool readIntNode( const TQDomElement& element, int& value );
bool readStringNode( const TQDomElement& element, TQString& value );

Loading…
Cancel
Save